]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Explain --exclude better. Don't strip leading `./'.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @settitle GNU tar
5 @finalout
6 @smallbook
7 @c %**end of header
8
9 @c ======================================================================
10 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
11 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
12 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
13 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
14 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
15 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
16 @c those working on the manual itself.
17 @c ======================================================================
18
19 @ifclear PUBLISH
20 @ifclear DISTRIB
21 @ifclear PROOF
22 @set DISTRIB
23 @end ifclear
24 @end ifclear
25 @end ifclear
26
27 @ifset PUBLISH
28 @set RENDITION The book, version
29 @end ifset
30
31 @ifset DISTRIB
32 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset PROOF
36 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
40 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
41 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
42 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
43 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
44 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
45 @c both at the same time, seems to him like a good way to proceed.
46 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
47
48 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
49
50 @macro UNREVISED
51 @ifclear PUBLISH
52 @quotation
53 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
54 @end quotation
55 @end ifclear
56 @end macro
57
58 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
59
60 @macro FIXME{string}
61 @allow-recursion
62 @quote-arg
63 @ifset PROOF
64 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
65 @end ifset
66
67 @end macro
68
69 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
70 @quote-arg
71 @ifset PROOF
72 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
73 @end ifset
74
75 @end macro
76
77 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
78 @quote-arg
79 @ifset PROOF
80 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
81 @end ifset
82
83 @end macro
84
85 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
86 @quote-arg
87 @ifset PROOF
88 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
89 @end ifset
90
91 @end macro
92
93 @c @macro option{entry}
94 @c @quote-arg
95 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
96 @c @value{\entry\}
97 @c @end macro
98
99 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
100 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
101 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
102 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
103
104 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
105 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
106 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
107 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
108
109 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
110 @set ref-append @ref{add}
111 @set xref-append @xref{add}
112 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
113
114 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
115 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
116 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
117 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
118
119 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
120 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
121 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
122 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
123
124 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
125 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
126 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
127 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
128
129 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
130 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
131 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
132 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
133
134 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-y})
135 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
136 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
137 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
138
139 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
140 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
141 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
142 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
143
144 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
145 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
146 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
147 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
148
149 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
150 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
151 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
152 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
153
154 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
155 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
156 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
157 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
158
159 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
160 @set ref-create @ref{create}
161 @set xref-create @xref{create}
162 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
163
164 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
165 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
166 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
167 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
168
169 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
170 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
171 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
172 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
173
174 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
175 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
176 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
177 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
178
179 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
180 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
181 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
182 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
183
184 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
185 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
186 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
187 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
188
189 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
190 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
191 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
192 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
193
194 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
195 @set ref-file @ref{file}
196 @set xref-file @xref{file}
197 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
198
199 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
200 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
201 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
202 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
203
204 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
205 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
206 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
207 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
208
209 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
210 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
211 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
212 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
213
214 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
215 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
216 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
217 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
218
219 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
220 @set ref-help @ref{help}
221 @set xref-help @xref{help}
222 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
223
224 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
225 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{Reading}
226 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{Reading}
227 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{Reading}
228
229 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
230 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
231 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
232 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
233
234 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
235 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
236 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
237 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
238
239 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
240 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
241 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
242 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
243
244 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
245 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
246 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
247 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
248
249 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
250 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Writing}
251 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Writing}
252 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Writing}
253
254 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
255 @set ref-label @ref{label}
256 @set xref-label @xref{label}
257 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
258
259 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
260 @set ref-list @ref{list}
261 @set xref-list @xref{list}
262 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
263
264 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
265 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
266 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
267 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
268
269 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
270 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
271 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
272 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
273
274 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
275 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
276 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
277 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
278
279 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
280 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
281 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
282 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
283
284 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
285 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
286 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
287 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
288
289 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
290 @set ref-null @ref{files}
291 @set xref-null @xref{files}
292 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
293
294 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
295 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
296 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
297 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
298
299 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
300 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
301 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
302 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
303
304 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
305 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
306 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
307 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
308
309 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
310 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
311 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
312 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
313
314 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
315 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
316 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
317 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
318
319 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
320 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
321 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
322 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
323
324 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
325 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
326 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
327 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
328
329 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
330 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
331 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
332 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
333
334 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
335 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
336 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
337 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
338 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
339
340 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
341 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
342 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
343 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
344
345 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
346
347 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
348 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
349 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
350 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
351 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
352
353 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
354 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
355 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
356 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
357
358 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
359 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
360 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
361 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
362 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
363
364 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
365 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
366 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
367 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
368
369 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
370 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
371 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
372 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
373
374 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
375 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
376 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
377 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
378
379 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
380 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
381 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
382 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
383
384 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
385 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
386 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
387 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
388
389 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
390 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
391 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
392 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
393
394 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
395 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
396 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
397 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
398
399 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
400 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
401 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
402 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
403
404 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
405 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
406 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
407 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
408
409 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
410 @set ref-update @ref{update}
411 @set xref-update @xref{update}
412 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
413
414 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
415 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
416 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
417 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
418
419 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
420 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
421 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
422 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
423
424 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
425 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
426 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
427 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
428
429 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
430 @set ref-version @ref{help}
431 @set xref-version @xref{help}
432 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
433
434 @set op-version-control @kbd{--version-control=@var{method}}
435 @set ref-version-control @ref{Backup options}
436 @set xref-version-control @xref{Backup options}
437 @set pxref-version-control @pxref{Backup options}
438
439 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
440 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
441 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
442 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
443
444 @include version.texi
445
446 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
447 @syncodeindex fn cp
448 @syncodeindex ky cp
449 @syncodeindex pg cp
450 @syncodeindex vr cp
451
452 @defindex op
453 @syncodeindex op cp
454
455 @ifinfo
456 @format
457 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
458 * tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
459 END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
460 @end format
461 @end ifinfo
462
463 @ifinfo
464 This file documents GNU @code{tar}, a utility used to store, backup, and
465 transport files.
466
467 Copyright 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
468
469 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
470 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
471 are preserved on all copies.
472
473 @ignore
474 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
475 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
476 notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
477 (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
478
479 @end ignore
480 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
481 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
482 resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
483 notice identical to this one.
484
485 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
486 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
487 except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
488 by the Foundation.
489 @end ifinfo
490
491 @setchapternewpage odd
492
493 @shorttitlepage GNU @code{tar}
494
495 @titlepage
496 @title GNU tar: an archiver tool
497 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
498 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
499 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
500 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
501 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
502
503 @page
504 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
505 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software
506 Foundation, Inc.
507
508 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
509 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
510 are preserved on all copies.
511
512 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
513 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
514 resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
515 notice identical to this one.
516
517 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
518 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
519 except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
520 by the Foundation.
521 @end titlepage
522
523 @ifinfo
524
525 This file documents GNU @code{tar}, which is a utility used to store,
526 backup, and transport files. @code{tar} is a tape (or disk) archiver.
527 This manual documents the release @value{VERSION}.
528
529 @end ifinfo
530
531 @node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
532
533 @menu
534 * Introduction::
535 * Tutorial::
536 * tar invocation::
537 * operations::
538 * Backups::
539 * Choosing::
540 * Date input formats::
541 * Formats::
542 * Media::
543 * Index::
544
545 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
546
547 Introduction
548
549 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
550 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
551 * What tar Does:: What @code{tar} Does
552 * Naming tar Archives:: How @code{tar} Archives are Named
553 * posix compliance::
554 * Authors:: GNU @code{tar} Authors
555 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
556
557 Tutorial Introduction to @code{tar}
558
559 * assumptions::
560 * stylistic conventions::
561 * basic tar options:: Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
562 * frequent operations::
563 * Two Frequent Options::
564 * create:: How to Create Archives
565 * list:: How to List Archives
566 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
567 * going further::
568
569 Two Frequently Used Options
570
571 * file tutorial::
572 * verbose tutorial::
573 * help tutorial::
574
575 How to Create Archives
576
577 * prepare for examples::
578 * Creating the archive::
579 * create verbose::
580 * short create::
581 * create dir::
582
583 How to List Archives
584
585 * list dir::
586
587 How to Extract Members from an Archive
588
589 * extracting archives::
590 * extracting files::
591 * extract dir::
592 * failing commands::
593
594 Invoking GNU @code{tar}
595
596 * Synopsis::
597 * using tar options::
598 * Styles::
599 * All Options::
600 * help::
601 * verbose::
602 * interactive::
603
604 The Three Option Styles
605
606 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
607 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
608 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
609 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
610
611 All @code{tar} Options
612
613 * Operation Summary::
614 * Option Summary::
615 * Short Option Summary::
616
617 GNU @code{tar} Operations
618
619 * Basic tar::
620 * Advanced tar::
621 * extract options::
622 * backup::
623 * Applications::
624 * looking ahead::
625
626 Advanced GNU @code{tar} Operations
627
628 * Operations::
629 * current state::
630 * append::
631 * update::
632 * concatenate::
633 * delete::
634 * compare::
635
636 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
637
638 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
639 * multiple::
640
641 Updating an Archive
642
643 * how to update::
644
645 Options Used by @code{--extract}
646
647 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
648 * Writing:: Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
649 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
650
651 Options to Help Read Archives
652
653 * read full records::
654 * Ignore Zeros::
655 * Ignore Failed Read::
656
657 Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
658
659 * Prevention Overwriting::
660 * Keep Old Files::
661 * Unlink First::
662 * Recursive Unlink::
663 * Modification Times::
664 * Setting Access Permissions::
665 * Writing to Standard Output::
666 * remove files::
667
668 Options to Prevent Overwriting Files
669
670 * Keep Old Files::
671 * Unlink First::
672 * Recursive Unlink::
673
674 Coping with Scarce Resources
675
676 * Starting File::
677 * Same Order::
678
679 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
680
681 * Full Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
682 * Inc Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
683 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
684 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
685 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
686 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
687 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
688
689 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
690
691 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
692 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
693
694 Choosing Files and Names for @code{tar}
695
696 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
697 * Selecting Archive Members::
698 * files:: Reading Names from a File
699 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
700 * Wildcards::
701 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
702 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
703 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
704
705 Reading Names from a File
706
707 * nul::
708
709 Excluding Some Files
710
711 * problems with exclude::
712
713 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
714
715 * directory:: Changing Directory
716 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
717
718 Date input formats
719
720 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
721 * Calendar date item:: 19 Dec 1994.
722 * Time of day item:: 9:20pm.
723 * Timezone item:: EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
724 * Day of week item:: Monday and others.
725 * Relative item in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
726 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
727 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
728
729 Controlling the Archive Format
730
731 * Portability:: Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
732 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
733 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
734 * Standard:: The Standard Format
735 * Extensions:: GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
736 * cpio:: Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
737
738 Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
739
740 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
741 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
742 * old:: Old V7 Archives
743 * posix:: POSIX archives
744 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
745
746 Using Less Space through Compression
747
748 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
749 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
750
751 Tapes and Other Archive Media
752
753 * Device:: Device selection and switching
754 * Remote Tape Server::
755 * Common Problems and Solutions::
756 * Blocking:: Blocking
757 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
758 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
759 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
760 * verify::
761 * Write Protection::
762
763 Blocking
764
765 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
766 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
767
768 Many Archives on One Tape
769
770 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
771 * mt:: The @code{mt} Utility
772
773 Using Multiple Tapes
774
775 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
776 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
777 @end menu
778
779 @node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
780 @chapter Introduction
781
782 Welcome to the GNU @code{tar} manual. GNU @code{tar} is used to create
783 and manipulate files (@dfn{archives}) which are actually collections of
784 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
785 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
786
787 @menu
788 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
789 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
790 * What tar Does:: What @code{tar} Does
791 * Naming tar Archives:: How @code{tar} Archives are Named
792 * posix compliance::
793 * Authors:: GNU @code{tar} Authors
794 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
795 @end menu
796
797 @node Book Contents, Definitions, Introduction, Introduction
798 @ifinfo
799 @heading What this Book Contains
800 @end ifinfo
801
802 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
803 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on GNU
804 @code{tar} and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
805 or comments.
806
807 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
808 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @code{tar}. It is
809 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
810 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
811 progressive order, building on information already explained.
812
813 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
814 learn how to use @code{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
815 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
816 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
817 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
818 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
819 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
820 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
821 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
822 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
823
824 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
825 information about using @code{tar} options and option syntax.
826
827 @FIXME{this sounds more like a GNU Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
828 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
829 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
830 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
831 about a specific topic.
832
833 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its entirety
834 in other GNU manuals, and is mostly self-contained. In addition, one
835 section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a big quote which is
836 taken directly from @code{tar} sources.
837
838 In general, we give both the long and short (abbreviated) option names
839 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
840 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
841 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
842 indicate this.)
843
844 @node Definitions, What tar Does, Book Contents, Introduction
845 @section Some Definitions
846
847 @cindex archive
848 @cindex tar archive
849 The @code{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @code{tar}
850 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
851 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
852 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
853 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
854 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
855 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @code{tar}
856 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
857
858 @cindex member
859 @cindex archive member
860 @cindex file name
861 @cindex member name
862 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
863 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
864 the normal ways (by @code{ls}, @code{cat}, and so forth), and the term
865 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
866 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
867 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
868 archive.
869
870 @cindex extraction
871 @cindex unpacking
872 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
873 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
874 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
875 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
876 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
877 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
878 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
879 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
880 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
881 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
882 All of these operations can be peformed using @code{tar}.
883
884 @node What tar Does, Naming tar Archives, Definitions, Introduction
885 @section What @code{tar} Does
886
887 @cindex tar
888 The @code{tar} program provides the ability to create @code{tar}
889 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
890 you can use @code{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
891 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
892 stored.
893
894 Initially, @code{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
895 magnetic tape. The name @samp{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
896 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @code{tar} can
897 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
898 pipes). @code{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
899
900 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
901
902 You can use @code{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
903 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
904
905 @table @asis
906 @item Storage
907 Often, @code{tar} archives are used to store related files for
908 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the GNU Project
909 distributes its software bundled into @code{tar} archives, so that
910 all the files relating to a particular program (or set of related
911 programs) can be transferred as a single unit.
912
913 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
914 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
915 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
916 names is by creating a @code{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
917 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
918 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @code{tar}
919 archives useful.
920
921 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
922 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
923 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
924 space; the idea here is that @code{tar} can be used to move archives in
925 all dimensions, even time!)
926
927 @item Backup
928 Because the archive created by @code{tar} is capable of preserving file
929 information and directory structure, @code{tar} is commonly used for
930 performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup puts a
931 collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
932 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against accidental
933 destruction of the information in those files. GNU @code{tar} has
934 special features that allow it to be used to make incremental and full
935 dumps of all the files in a filesystem.
936
937 @item Transportation
938 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
939 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
940 files from one system to another.
941 @end table
942
943 @node Naming tar Archives, posix compliance, What tar Does, Introduction
944 @section How @code{tar} Archives are Named
945
946 Conventionally, @code{tar} archives are given names ending with
947 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @code{tar} to operate properly,
948 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
949 it and to make examples more clear.
950
951 @cindex tar file
952 @cindex entry
953 @cindex tar entry
954 Often, people refer to @code{tar} archives as ``@code{tar} files,'' and
955 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
956 the operation of @code{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
957 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
958 members'' to make learning to use @code{tar} easier for novice users.
959
960 @node posix compliance, Authors, Naming tar Archives, Introduction
961 @section POSIX Compliance
962
963 @noindent
964 @FIXME{must ask franc,ois about this. dan hagerty thinks this might
965 be an issue, but we're not really sure at this time. dan just tried a
966 test case of mixing up options' orders while the variable was set, and
967 there was no problem...}
968
969 We make some of our recommendations throughout this book for one
970 reason in addition to what we think of as ``good sense''. The main
971 additional reason for a recommendation is to be compliant with the
972 POSIX standards. If you set the shell environment variable
973 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}, GNU @code{tar} will force you to adhere to
974 these standards. Therefore, if this variable is set and you violate
975 one of the POSIX standards in the way you phrase a command, for
976 example, GNU @code{tar} will not allow the command and will signal an
977 error message. You would then have to reorder the options or rephrase
978 the command to comply with the POSIX standards.
979
980 There is a chance in the future that, if you set this environment
981 variable, your archives will be forced to comply with POSIX standards,
982 also. No GNU @code{tar} extensions will be allowed.
983
984 @node Authors, Reports, posix compliance, Introduction
985 @section GNU @code{tar} Authors
986
987 GNU @code{tar} was originally written by John Gilmore, and modified by
988 many people. The GNU enhancements were written by Jay Fenlason, then
989 Joy Kendall, and the whole package has been further maintained by
990 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, and finally Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, with
991 the help of numerous and kind users.
992
993 We wish to stress that @code{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
994 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
995 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
996 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
997 file from the GNU @code{tar} distribution.
998
999 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1000 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1001 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1002 i'll think about it.}
1003
1004 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1005 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1006
1007 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a GNU @code{tar} manual,
1008 borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore. This
1009 draft has been distributed in @code{tar} versions 1.04 (or even
1010 before?) @FIXME{huh? IMO, either we know or we don't; the
1011 parenthetical is confusing.} through 1.10, then withdrawn in version
1012 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy Gorin worked on a tutorial and
1013 manual for GNU @code{tar}. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8
1014 of the manual together by taking information from all these sources
1015 and merging them. Melissa Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the
1016 book to create version 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as
1017 necessary; i'm being optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry?
1018 maybe bob chassell? maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to
1019 properly index the thing.}
1020
1021 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1022 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1023
1024 @node Reports, , Authors, Introduction
1025 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1026
1027 @cindex bug reports
1028 @cindex reporting bugs
1029 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1030 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1031
1032 @node Tutorial, tar invocation, Introduction, Top
1033 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @code{tar}
1034
1035 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @code{tar}
1036 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1037 you already know how to use some other version of @code{tar}, then you
1038 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1039 details about how @code{tar} works.
1040
1041 @menu
1042 * assumptions::
1043 * stylistic conventions::
1044 * basic tar options:: Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
1045 * frequent operations::
1046 * Two Frequent Options::
1047 * create:: How to Create Archives
1048 * list:: How to List Archives
1049 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1050 * going further::
1051 @end menu
1052
1053 @node assumptions, stylistic conventions, Tutorial, Tutorial
1054 @ifinfo
1055 @heading Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1056 @end ifinfo
1057
1058 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @code{tar}
1059 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1060 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1061 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1062 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1063
1064 @itemize @bullet
1065 @item
1066 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1067 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1068 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1069 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1070 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1071 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1072 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1073 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1074 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1075 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1076 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, the
1077 differences between relative and absolute path names, and @FIXME{what
1078 else?}.
1079
1080 @item
1081 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1082 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1083 directory to practice @code{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1084 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1085 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1086 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1087 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1088
1089 @item
1090 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1091 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1092 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1093 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1094 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1095 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1096 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1097 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1098 @code{tar} archives with tape drives.
1099
1100 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1101 @end itemize
1102
1103 @node stylistic conventions, basic tar options, assumptions, Tutorial
1104 @ifinfo
1105 @heading Stylistic Conventions
1106 @end ifinfo
1107
1108 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1109 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1110 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1111 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1112 sometimes @samp{like this}. When we have lines which are too long to be
1113 displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1114
1115 @smallexample
1116 This is an example of a line which would otherwise not fit in this space.
1117 @end smallexample
1118
1119 @FIXME{how often do we use smallexample?}
1120
1121 @node basic tar options, frequent operations, stylistic conventions, Tutorial
1122 @section Basic @code{tar} Operations and Options
1123
1124 @code{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1125 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1126 The main types of arguments to @code{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1127 operations, and options.
1128
1129 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1130 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @code{tar};
1131 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1132 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1133 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1134 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1135
1136 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1137 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1138 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @code{tar} at
1139 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1140 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1141 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1142
1143 You can write most of the @code{tar} operations and options in any of
1144 three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some of
1145 the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however, the
1146 operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1147 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1148 at the end} We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1149 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1150 exist in GNU @code{tar} for compatibility with Unix @code{tar}. We
1151 present a full discussion of this way of writing options and operations
1152 appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss the other two styles of
1153 writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options} and @ref{Short Options}.)
1154
1155 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1156 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1157 the same result and can make typing long @code{tar} commands easier.
1158 For example, instead of typing
1159
1160 @example
1161 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1162 @end example
1163
1164 @noindent
1165 you can type
1166 @example
1167 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1168 @end example
1169
1170 @noindent
1171 or even
1172 @example
1173 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1174 @end example
1175
1176 @noindent
1177 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1178 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1179 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1180
1181 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1182 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1183 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1184 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @code{tar}
1185 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1186 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1187 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1188
1189 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1190 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @code{tar} ``commands''.
1191 A @code{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1192 which tells @code{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1193 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1194 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @code{tar} command''. When
1195 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1196 referring to the @code{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1197 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1198 intends.
1199
1200 @node frequent operations, Two Frequent Options, basic tar options, Tutorial
1201 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1202
1203 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1204 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1205 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1206 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1207
1208 @table @kbd
1209 @item --create
1210 @itemx -c
1211 Create a new @code{tar} archive.
1212 @item --list
1213 @itemx -t
1214 List the contents of an archive.
1215 @item --extract
1216 @itemx -x
1217 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1218 @end table
1219
1220 @node Two Frequent Options, create, frequent operations, Tutorial
1221 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1222
1223 To understand how to run @code{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1224 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1225 @code{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1226 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1227 either of these options when you run @code{tar}, but they can be very
1228 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1229
1230 @menu
1231 * file tutorial::
1232 * verbose tutorial::
1233 * help tutorial::
1234 @end menu
1235
1236 @node file tutorial, verbose tutorial, Two Frequent Options, Two Frequent Options
1237 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1238
1239 @table @kbd
1240 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1241 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1242 Specify the name of an archive file.
1243 @end table
1244
1245 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1246 use @code{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1247 that @code{tar} will work on.
1248
1249 If you don't specify this argument, then @code{tar} will use a
1250 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1251 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1252 then @code{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1253 look roughly like one of the following:
1254
1255 @example
1256 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1257 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1258 @end example
1259
1260 @noindent
1261 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specfiy an archive file
1262 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @code{tar} commands.
1263 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1264 @ref{file}.
1265
1266 @node verbose tutorial, help tutorial, file tutorial, Two Frequent Options
1267 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1268
1269 @table @kbd
1270 @item --verbose
1271 @itemx -v
1272 Show the files being worked on as @code{tar} is running.
1273 @end table
1274
1275 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1276 @code{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1277 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @code{tar} as
1278 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1279 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1280 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1281 @code{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1282 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1283 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1284 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1285
1286 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1287 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1288 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1289 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1290 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1291 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1292 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1293
1294 @example
1295 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1296 @end example
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 above, you might say
1300
1301 @example
1302 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1303 @end example
1304
1305 @noindent
1306 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1307 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1308 twice, like this:
1309
1310 @example
1311 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1312 @end example
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1316
1317 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1318 --verbose}}.
1319
1320 @node help tutorial, , verbose tutorial, Two Frequent Options
1321 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1322
1323 @table @kbd
1324 @item --help
1325
1326 The @samp{--help} option to @code{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1327 all operations and option available for the current version of
1328 @code{tar} available on your system.
1329 @end table
1330
1331 @node create, list, Two Frequent Options, Tutorial
1332 @section How to Create Archives
1333 @UNREVISED
1334
1335 One of the basic operations of @code{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1336 you use to create a @code{tar} archive. We will explain
1337 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1338 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1339 practice on.
1340
1341 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1342 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1343 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1344 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1345 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1346 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1347 other directories and other archives.
1348
1349 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1350 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1351 @file{collection.tar}.
1352
1353 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1354 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1355 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1356 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1357 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1358 @code{tar} works.
1359
1360 @menu
1361 * prepare for examples::
1362 * Creating the archive::
1363 * create verbose::
1364 * short create::
1365 * create dir::
1366 @end menu
1367
1368 @node prepare for examples, Creating the archive, create, create
1369 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1370
1371 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1372 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1373 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1374 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1375 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1376 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1377
1378 Now @code{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1379 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1380 the full path name of this directory is
1381 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1382 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1383
1384 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1385 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @code{ls}.
1386 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1387 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1388
1389 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1390 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1391 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1392 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @code{tar} will erase the current
1393 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @code{tar}
1394 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite a file unless you
1395 specify an option which does this @FIXME{xref to the node for
1396 --backup!}. To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1397 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1398 information on how to do this.
1399
1400 @node Creating the archive, create verbose, prepare for examples, create
1401 @subsection Creating the Archive
1402
1403 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1404 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1405
1406 @example
1407 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1408 @end example
1409
1410 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1411 option forms}. You could also say:
1412
1413 @example
1414 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1415 @end example
1416
1417 @noindent
1418 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1419 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1420 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1421 @code{tar}, to avoid errors).
1422
1423 Note that the part of the command which says,
1424 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1425 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1426 @kbd{`collection.tar'}, then that string would become the name of the
1427 archive file you create.
1428
1429 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1430 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1431 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1432 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1433 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1434 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1435
1436 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1437 is the operation which creates the new archive
1438 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1439 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1440 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1441 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation)
1442 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}. Now that they
1443 are are in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not
1444 files @FIXME{xref to definitions?}.
1445
1446 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you want
1447 placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive members, GNU
1448 @code{tar} will complain.
1449
1450 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1451 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1452
1453 @example
1454 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1455 @end example
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1459 the files in the directory.
1460
1461 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @code{tar} will not
1462 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @code{tar}
1463 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1464 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1465
1466 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1467 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1468 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1469
1470 @node create verbose, short create, Creating the archive, create
1471 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1472
1473 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1474 @code{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1475 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1476
1477 @example
1478 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1479 blues
1480 folk
1481 jazz
1482 @end example
1483
1484 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1485 @samp{--verbose}, except that @code{tar} generated the remaining lines
1486 @iftex
1487 (note the different font styles).
1488 @end iftex
1489 @ifinfo
1490 .
1491 @end ifinfo
1492
1493 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1494 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @code{tar} responses that
1495 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1496 understand.
1497
1498 @node short create, create dir, create verbose, create
1499 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1500
1501 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1502 basic uses of @code{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1503 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1504 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1505 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1506 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1507 using short option forms:
1508
1509 @example
1510 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1511 blues
1512 folk
1513 jazz
1514 @end example
1515
1516 @noindent
1517 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1518 long or short option forms.
1519
1520 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1521 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1522 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1523 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1524 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1525 following way:
1526
1527 @example
1528 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1529 @end example
1530
1531 @noindent
1532 In this case, @code{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1533 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1534 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1535 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @code{tar} will try
1536 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1537 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @code{tar} will
1538 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1539 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1540 you may have run), then @code{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1541 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @code{tar} will not
1542 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1543
1544 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1545 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1546 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1547
1548 This example,
1549
1550 @example
1551 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1552 @end example
1553
1554 @noindent
1555 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1556 becomes much more so:
1557
1558 @example
1559 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1560 @end example
1561
1562 @noindent
1563 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1564 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1565 valuable data.
1566
1567 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1568 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1569 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1570 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1571 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1572 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @code{tar} to
1573 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable,
1574 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}; @pxref{posix compliance} for more information
1575 on this.)
1576
1577 @node create dir, , short create, create
1578 @subsection Archiving Directories
1579
1580 @cindex Archiving Directories
1581 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1582 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1583 file name argument to @code{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1584 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1585 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1586
1587 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1588 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1589 type:
1590
1591 @example
1592 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1593 $
1594 @end example
1595
1596 @noindent
1597 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1598 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1599 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1600 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1601
1602 @example
1603 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 @code{tar} should output:
1608
1609 @example
1610 practice/
1611 practice/blues
1612 practice/folk
1613 practice/jazz
1614 practice/collection.tar
1615 @end example
1616
1617 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1618 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1619 directory from which @code{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1620 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1621 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1622 you are trying archive with @code{tar}. For example, you will probably
1623 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1624 @code{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1625 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1626 been archived. @code{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1627 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1628 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1629 into the file system).
1630
1631 If you give @code{tar} a command such as
1632
1633 @example
1634 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1635 @end example
1636
1637 @noindent
1638 @code{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not dumped}.
1639 This happens because @code{tar} creates the archive @file{foo.tar} in
1640 the current directory before putting any files into it. Then, when
1641 @code{tar} attempts to add all the files in the directory @file{.} to
1642 the archive, it notices that the file @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the
1643 archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips it. (It makes no sense to put an archive
1644 into itself.) GNU @code{tar} will continue in this case, and create the
1645 archive normally, except for the exclusion of that one file.
1646 (@emph{Please note:} Other versions of @code{tar} are not so clever;
1647 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1648 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running GNU
1649 @code{tar}. @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does it
1650 all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for this
1651 manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1652 directory being dumped.})
1653
1654 @node list, extract, create, Tutorial
1655 @section How to List Archives
1656
1657 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1658 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1659 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1660 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1661 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1662 created in the last section with the command,
1663
1664 @example
1665 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1666 @end example
1667
1668 @noindent
1669 The output of @code{tar} would then be:
1670
1671 @example
1672 blues
1673 folk
1674 jazz
1675 @end example
1676
1677 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1678 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1679
1680 @noindent
1681 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1682
1683 @example
1684 ./birds
1685 baboon
1686 ./box
1687 @end example
1688
1689 @noindent
1690 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1691 to specify the name of the archive.
1692
1693 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1694 @code{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1695 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1696
1697 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1698 like:
1699
1700 @example
1701 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1702 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1703 @end example
1704
1705 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1706 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1707 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1708 using @samp{list}. In this case, @code{tar} will only list the
1709 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1710 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1711
1712 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1713 @code{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1714 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1715 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1716 to @code{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1717 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1718 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1719 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1720 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1721 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1722 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1723
1724 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1725 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1726 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1727 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1728 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1729 names as arguments, @code{tar} will print the names of all the members
1730 stored in the specified archive.
1731
1732 @menu
1733 * list dir::
1734 @end menu
1735
1736 @node list dir, , list, list
1737 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1738 @UNREVISED
1739
1740 @FIXME{i changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a
1741 chance to play around with this node's example, yet. i have to play
1742 with it and see what it actually does for my own satisfaction, even if
1743 what it says *is* correct..}
1744
1745 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1746 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1747 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1748 @value{op-verbose} option.
1749
1750 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1751 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1752
1753 @example
1754 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1755 @end example
1756
1757 @code{tar} responds:
1758
1759 @example
1760 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1761 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1762 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1763 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1764 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1765 @end example
1766
1767 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @code{tar} acts on
1768 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1769
1770 @node extract, going further, list, Tutorial
1771 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1772 @UNREVISED
1773 @cindex Extraction
1774 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1775 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1776
1777 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1778 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1779 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1780 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1781 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1782 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1783 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1784 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1785
1786 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1787 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1788 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1789 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1790
1791 @menu
1792 * extracting archives::
1793 * extracting files::
1794 * extract dir::
1795 * failing commands::
1796 @end menu
1797
1798 @node extracting archives, extracting files, extract, extract
1799 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1800
1801 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1802 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1803
1804 @example
1805 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1806 @end example
1807
1808 @noindent
1809 produces this:
1810
1811 @example
1812 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1813 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1814 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1815 @end example
1816
1817 @node extracting files, extract dir, extracting archives, extract
1818 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1819
1820 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1821 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1822 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1823 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1824 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1825 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{check this; will the times,
1826 permissions, owner, etc be the same, also?}
1827
1828 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1829 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1830 the files in the directory again.
1831
1832 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1833 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1834
1835 @example
1836 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1837 @end example
1838
1839 @noindent
1840 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1841 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1842 times, and owner. @FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1843 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1844 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1845 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1846 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1847 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1848 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1849 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1850 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1851 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1852 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @code{tar} with
1853 @value{op-list}.
1854
1855 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1856 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1857 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1858 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1859 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1860 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1861 (@pxref{list}).
1862
1863 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1864 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1865
1866 @node extract dir, failing commands, extracting files, extract
1867 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1868
1869 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1870 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1871 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1872 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1873 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1874 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1875 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will overwrite
1876 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1877 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1878 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted.
1879
1880 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1881 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1882 the file is extracted, @code{tar} will create the directory.
1883
1884 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1885 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1886 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1887 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1888 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1889 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1890 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1891 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1892 following command:
1893
1894 @example
1895 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1896 @end example
1897
1898 @FIXME{need to show tar's response; used verbose above. also, here's a
1899 good place to demonstrate the -v -v thing. have to write that up
1900 (should be trivial, but i'm too tired!).}
1901
1902 @noindent
1903 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1904 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1905 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1906 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1907
1908 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1909 will be.}
1910
1911 @node failing commands, , extract dir, extract
1912 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1913
1914 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1915 they won't work.
1916
1917 If you try to use this command,
1918
1919 @example
1920 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1921 @end example
1922
1923 @noindent
1924 you will get the following response:
1925
1926 @example
1927 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1928 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1929 $
1930 @end example
1931
1932 @noindent
1933 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1934 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1935 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1936
1937 @example
1938 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1939 practice/folk
1940 practice/jazz
1941 practice/rock
1942 @end example
1943
1944 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1945 order...}
1946
1947 @noindent
1948 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1949
1950 @example
1951 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1952 @end example
1953
1954 @noindent
1955 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1956 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1957 files from the archive.
1958
1959 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1960 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1961
1962 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1963
1964 @node going further, , extract, Tutorial
1965 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1966
1967 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1968 be in the rest of the manual.}
1969
1970 @node tar invocation, operations, Tutorial, Top
1971 @chapter Invoking GNU @code{tar}
1972 @UNREVISED
1973
1974 This chapter is about how one invokes the GNU @code{tar} command, from
1975 the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are numerous options,
1976 and many styles for writing them. One mandatory option specifies
1977 the operation @code{tar} should perform (@pxref{Operation Summary}),
1978 other options are meant to detail how this operation should be performed
1979 (@pxref{Option Summary}). Non-option arguments are not always interpreted
1980 the same way, depending on what the operation is.
1981
1982 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1983 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1984 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1985 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1986 pointers to other parts of the @code{tar} manual.
1987
1988 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1989 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1990 @code{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1991 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1992 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1993 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1994
1995 @menu
1996 * Synopsis::
1997 * using tar options::
1998 * Styles::
1999 * All Options::
2000 * help::
2001 * verbose::
2002 * interactive::
2003 @end menu
2004
2005 @node Synopsis, using tar options, tar invocation, tar invocation
2006 @section General Synopsis of @code{tar}
2007
2008 The GNU @code{tar} program is invoked as either one of:
2009
2010 @example
2011 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2012 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2013 @end example
2014
2015 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2016
2017 You can use @code{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2018 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2019 argument to @code{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2020 which action to take. The other arguments to @code{tar} are either
2021 @dfn{options}, which change the way @code{tar} performs an operation,
2022 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2023 @code{tar} is to act on.
2024
2025 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2026 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2027 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2028 (the @code{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2029
2030 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2031 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2032 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2033 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2034 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2035 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2036 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2037 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2038 prior to the execution of the @code{tar} command.
2039
2040 @code{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2041 working directory. @code{tar} will make all file names relative
2042 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2043 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2044 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2045 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2046
2047 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2048 name, then @code{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2049 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2050 the files in the filesystem to @code{tar}.
2051
2052 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2053 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2054 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2055 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2056 file system. Only @code{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2057 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @code{tar} without
2058 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2059 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2060 sufficient for this.
2061
2062 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2063 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2064 @value{op-files-from} option.
2065
2066 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2067 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2068 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @code{tar}
2069 execution. The other operations of @code{tar} (@value{op-list},
2070 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2071 on the entire contents of the archive.
2072
2073 @cindex exit status
2074 @cindex return status
2075 Besides successful exits, GNU @code{tar} may fail for many reasons.
2076 Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the @code{tar}
2077 command is improperly written.
2078 Errors may be encountered later, while encountering an error
2079 processing the archive or the files. Some errors are recoverable,
2080 in which case the failure is delayed until @code{tar} has completed
2081 all its work. Some errors are such that it would not meaningful,
2082 or at least risky, to continue processing: @code{tar} then aborts
2083 processing immediately. All abnormal exits, whether immediate or
2084 delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after
2085 a line stating the nature of the error.
2086
2087 GNU @code{tar} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2088 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2089 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2090 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2091 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2092 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2093
2094 @node using tar options, Styles, Synopsis, tar invocation
2095 @section Using @code{tar} Options
2096
2097 GNU @code{tar} has a total of eight operating modes which allow you to
2098 perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose one operating
2099 mode each time you employ the @code{tar} program by specifying one, and
2100 only one operation as an argument to the @code{tar} command (two lists
2101 of four operations each may be found at @ref{frequent operations} and
2102 @ref{Operations}). Depending on circumstances, you may also wish to
2103 customize how the chosen operating mode behaves. For example, you may
2104 wish to change the way the output looks, or the format of the files that
2105 you wish to archive may require you to do something special in order to
2106 make the archive look right.
2107
2108 You can customize and control @code{tar}'s performance by running
2109 @code{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2110 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2111 arguments to @code{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2112 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2113 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2114 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2115 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2116 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2117 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2118 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2119 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2120
2121 Note that @code{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2122 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2123 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2124 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2125 write @value{op-list}.
2126
2127 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2128 @code{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2129 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2130 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2131 styles.
2132
2133 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2134 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2135 incorporated.}
2136
2137 @node Styles, All Options, using tar options, tar invocation
2138 @section The Three Option Styles
2139
2140 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2141 line invoking @code{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2142 different times during the history of @code{tar}. These styles will be
2143 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2144
2145 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2146 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2147 archive file name, @code{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2148 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2149 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2150 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2151 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2152 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2153 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2154 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2155 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2156 feel comfortable with the others.
2157
2158 @FIXME{hag to write a brief paragraph on the option(s) which can
2159 optionally take an argument}
2160
2161 @menu
2162 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2163 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2164 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2165 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2166 @end menu
2167
2168 @node Mnemonic Options, Short Options, Styles, Styles
2169 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2170
2171 @FIXME{have to decide whether or ot to replace other occurrences of
2172 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2173
2174 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2175 dashes in a row, e.g. @samp{list}. The long names are more clear than
2176 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2177 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2178 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2179 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2180 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2181 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2182 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2183 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @code{tar} will tell
2184 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2185 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2186 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @code{tar} with a
2187 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2188 use, you are stuck; @code{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2189
2190 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2191 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2192 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2193
2194 @example
2195 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2196 @end example
2197
2198 @noindent
2199 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2200 for those not fully acquainted with @code{tar}.
2201
2202 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2203 immediately following the option name; they are introduced by an equal
2204 sign. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which tells the name
2205 of the @code{tar} archive) is given a file such as @file{archive.tar}
2206 as argument by using the notation @samp{--file=archive.tar} for the
2207 mnemonic option.
2208
2209 @node Short Options, Old Options, Mnemonic Options, Styles
2210 @subsection Short Option Style
2211
2212 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2213 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g. @samp{-t}
2214 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2215 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2216
2217 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2218
2219 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2220 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2221 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2222 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2223 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2224 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2225 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2226 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2227
2228 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2229 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When short
2230 options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them all, e.g.
2231 @w{@samp{@code{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in such a set is allowed
2232 to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many options, the last of which
2233 has an argument, is a rather opaque way to write options. Some wonder if
2234 GNU @code{getopt} should not even be made helpful enough for considering
2235 such usages as invalid.}.
2236
2237 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2238 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2239 For example:
2240
2241 @example
2242 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2243 @end example
2244
2245 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2246 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2247 end up overwriting files.
2248
2249 @node Old Options, Mixing, Short Options, Styles
2250 @subsection Old Option Style
2251 @UNREVISED
2252
2253 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2254 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2255 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2256 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2257 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2258 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2259 @code{tar} program name and some whitespace; old options cannot appear
2260 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2261 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2262 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2263 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2264 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2265
2266 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2267
2268 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2269 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2270 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2271 style as follows:
2272
2273 @example
2274 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2275 @end example
2276
2277 @noindent
2278 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2279 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2280
2281 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2282 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2283 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2284 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2285 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2286 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2287 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2288 pertain to.
2289
2290 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2291 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2292
2293 This old way of writing @code{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2294 users. For example, the two commands:
2295
2296 @example
2297 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2298 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2299 @end example
2300
2301 @noindent
2302 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2303 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2304 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2305 @samp{f}---probably not what was intended.
2306
2307 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @code{tar}.
2308
2309 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2310 following are equivalent:
2311
2312 @example
2313 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2314 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2315 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2316 @end example
2317
2318 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2319
2320 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2321 As far as we know, all @code{tar} programs, GNU and non-GNU, support
2322 old options. GNU @code{tar} supports them not only for historical
2323 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. For
2324 compatibility with Unix @code{tar}, the first argument is always
2325 treated as containing command and option letters even if it doesn't
2326 start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is equivalent to @w{@samp{tar
2327 -c}:} both of them specify the @value{op-create} command to create an
2328 archive.
2329
2330 @node Mixing, , Old Options, Styles
2331 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2332
2333 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @code{tar} command, so
2334 long as the rules for each style are fully respected@footnote{Before GNU
2335 @code{tar} version 1.11.6, a bug prevented intermixing old style options
2336 with mnemonic options in some cases.}. Old style options and either of the
2337 modern styles of options may be mixed within a single @code{tar} command.
2338 However, old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2339 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2340 after the @code{tar} command and some whitespace). Modern options may
2341 be given only after all arguments to the old options have been collected.
2342 If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be falsely interpreted
2343 as the value of the argument to one of the old style options.
2344
2345 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2346 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2347
2348 @example
2349 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2350 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2351 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2352 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2353 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2354 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2355 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2356 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2357 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2358 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2359 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2360 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2361 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2362 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2363 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2364 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2365 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2366 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2367 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2368 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2369 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2370 @end example
2371
2372 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2373 the previous set:
2374
2375 @example
2376 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2377 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2378 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2379 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2380 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2381 @end example
2382
2383 @noindent
2384 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2385 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2386 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2387 four specify that the @code{tar} archive would be a file named
2388 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2389 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2390 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2391 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2392 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2393 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2394 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2395
2396 @node All Options, help, Styles, tar invocation
2397 @section All @code{tar} Options
2398
2399 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2400 @code{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2401 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2402 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2403 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2404 a reference for deciphering @code{tar} commands in scripts.
2405
2406 @menu
2407 * Operation Summary::
2408 * Option Summary::
2409 * Short Option Summary::
2410 @end menu
2411
2412 @node Operation Summary, Option Summary, All Options, All Options
2413 @subsection Operations
2414
2415 @table @kbd
2416
2417 @item --append
2418 @itemx -r
2419
2420 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2421
2422 @item --catenate
2423 @itemx -A
2424
2425 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2426
2427 @item --compare
2428 @itemx -d
2429
2430 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2431 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2432 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2433
2434 @item --concatenate
2435 @itemx -A
2436
2437 Appends other @code{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2438 @xref{concatenate}.
2439
2440 @item --create
2441 @itemx -c
2442
2443 Creates a new @code{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2444
2445 @item --delete
2446
2447 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2448 tape! @xref{delete}.
2449
2450 @item --diff
2451 @itemx -d
2452
2453 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2454
2455 @item --extract
2456 @itemx -x
2457
2458 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2459
2460 @item --get
2461 @itemx -x
2462
2463 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2464
2465 @item --list
2466 @itemx -t
2467
2468 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2469
2470 @item --update
2471 @itemx -u
2472
2473 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and @samp{--append} operations.
2474 This is not true and rather misleading, as @value{op-compare}
2475 does a lot more than @value{op-update} for ensuring files are identical.}
2476 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2477 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2478 exist in the archive.
2479 @xref{update}.
2480
2481 @end table
2482
2483 @node Option Summary, Short Option Summary, Operation Summary, All Options
2484 @subsection @code{tar} Options
2485
2486 @table @kbd
2487
2488 @item --absolute-names
2489 @itemx -P
2490
2491 Normally when creating an archive, @code{tar} strips an initial @samp{/} from
2492 member names. This option disables that behavior. @FIXME-xref{}.
2493
2494 @item --after-date
2495
2496 (See @samp{--newer}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2497
2498 @item --atime-preserve
2499
2500 Tells @code{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2501 dumping it. @FIXME-xref{}.
2502
2503 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2504
2505 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @code{tar} will back them up
2506 using simple or numbered backups, depending upon @var{backup-type}.
2507 @FIXME-xref{}.
2508
2509 @item --block-number
2510 @itemx -R
2511
2512 With this option present, @code{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2513 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}.
2514
2515 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2516 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2517
2518 Sets the blocking factor @code{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2519 record. @FIXME-xref{}.
2520
2521 @item --bzip2
2522 @itemx -y
2523
2524 This option tells @code{tar} to read or write archives through @code{bzip2}.
2525 @FIXME-xref{}.
2526
2527 @item --checkpoint
2528
2529 This option directs @code{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2530 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2531 indication that @code{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2532 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}.
2533
2534 @item --compress
2535 @itemx --uncompress
2536 @itemx -Z
2537
2538 @code{tar} will use the @code{compress} program when reading or writing the
2539 archive. This allows you to directly act on archives while saving
2540 space. @FIXME-xref{}.
2541
2542 @item --confirmation
2543
2544 (See @samp{--interactive}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2545
2546 @item --dereference
2547 @itemx -h
2548
2549 When creating a @code{tar} archive, @code{tar} will archive the file that a symbolic
2550 link points to, rather than archiving the symlink. @FIXME-xref{}.
2551
2552 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2553 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2554
2555 When this option is specified, @code{tar} will change its current directory
2556 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2557 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2558
2559 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2560
2561 When performing operations, @code{tar} will skip files that match
2562 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2563
2564 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2565 @itemx -X @var{file}
2566
2567 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @code{tar} will use the list of patterns
2568 in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2569
2570 @item --file=@var{archive}
2571 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2572
2573 @code{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @code{tar} archive it
2574 performs operations on, rather than @code{tar}'s compilation dependent
2575 default. @FIXME-xref{}.
2576
2577 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2578 @itemx -T @var{file}
2579
2580 @code{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2581 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2582 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}.
2583
2584 @item --force-local
2585
2586 Forces @code{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file} as a local
2587 file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name. @FIXME-xref{}.
2588
2589 @item --group=@var{group}
2590
2591 Files added to the @code{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2592 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2593 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2594 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}.
2595
2596 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2597
2598 @item --gunzip
2599
2600 (See @samp{--gzip}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2601
2602 @item --gzip
2603 @itemx --gunzip
2604 @itemx --ungzip
2605 @itemx -z
2606
2607 This option tells @code{tar} to read or write archives through @code{gzip},
2608 allowing @code{tar} to directly operate on several kinds of compressed
2609 archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}.
2610
2611 @item --help
2612
2613 @code{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2614 options to @code{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}.
2615
2616 @item --ignore-failed-read
2617
2618 Instructs @code{tar} to exit successfully if it encounters an
2619 unreadable file. @xref{Reading}.
2620
2621 @item --ignore-umask
2622 @FIXME{does this exist?}
2623
2624 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2625
2626 @item --ignore-zeros
2627 @itemx -i
2628
2629 With this option, @code{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the archive, which
2630 normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2631
2632 @item --incremental
2633 @itemx -G
2634
2635 Used to inform @code{tar} that it is working with an old GNU-format
2636 incremental backup archive. It is intended primarily for backwards
2637 compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}.
2638
2639 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2640 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2641 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2642
2643 When @code{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2644 at the end of each tape. @FIXME-xref{}.
2645
2646 @item --interactive
2647 @itemx --confirmation
2648 @itemx -w
2649
2650 Specifies that @code{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2651 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2652 @FIXME-xref{}.
2653
2654 @item --keep-old-files
2655 @itemx -k
2656
2657 When extracting files from an archive, @code{tar} will not overwrite existing
2658 files if this option is present. @xref{Writing}.
2659
2660 @item --label=@var{name}
2661 @itemx -V @var{name}
2662
2663 When creating an archive, instructs @code{tar} to write @var{name} as a name
2664 record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives, @code{tar} will
2665 only operate on archives that have a label matching the pattern
2666 specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2667
2668 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2669 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2670
2671 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2672 @code{tar} creates is a new GNU-format incremental backup, using
2673 @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2674 With other operations, informs @code{tar} that the archive is in incremental
2675 format. @FIXME-xref{}.
2676
2677 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2678
2679 When adding files to an archive, @code{tar} will use @var{permissions}
2680 for the archive members, rather than the permissions from the files.
2681 The program @code{chmod} and this @code{tar} option share the same syntax
2682 for what @var{permissions} might be. @xref{File permissions, Permissions,
2683 File permissions, filetutils, GNU file utilities}. This reference also
2684 has useful information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2685 permission system.
2686
2687 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2688 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2689 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2690 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2691 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2692
2693 @item --multi-volume
2694 @itemx -M
2695
2696 Informs @code{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2697 multi-volume @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2698
2699 @item --new-volume-script
2700
2701 (see --info-script)
2702
2703 @item --newer=@var{date}
2704 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2705 @itemx -N
2706
2707 When creating an archive, @code{tar} will only add files that have changed
2708 since @var{date}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2709
2710 @item --newer-mtime
2711
2712 In conjunction with @samp{--newer}, @code{tar} will only add files whose
2713 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2714 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2715
2716 @item --no-recursion
2717
2718 With this option, @code{tar} will not recurse into directories unless a
2719 directory is explicitly named as an argument to @code{tar}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2720
2721 @item --null
2722
2723 When @code{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2724 instructs @code{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2725 @code{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2726 @FIXME-xref{}.
2727
2728 @item --numeric-owner
2729
2730 This option will notify @code{tar} that it should use numeric user and group
2731 IDs when creating a @code{tar} file, rather than names. @FIXME-xref{}.
2732
2733 @item --old-archive
2734
2735 (See @samp{--portability}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2736
2737 @item --one-file-system
2738 @itemx -l
2739
2740 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @code{tar} from recursing into
2741 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2742 directory. @FIXME-xref{}.
2743
2744 @item --owner=@var{user}
2745
2746 Specifies that @code{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2747 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2748 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2749 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2750 @FIXME-xref{}.
2751
2752 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2753 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2754 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2755 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2756
2757 @item --portability
2758 @itemx --old-archive
2759 @itemx -o
2760
2761 Tells @code{tar} to create an archive that is compatible with Unix V7
2762 @code{tar}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2763
2764 @item --posix
2765
2766 Instructs @code{tar} to create a POSIX compliant @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2767
2768 @item --preserve
2769
2770 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
2771 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2772
2773 @item --preserve-order
2774
2775 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2776
2777 @item --preserve-permissions
2778 @itemx --same-permissions
2779 @itemx -p
2780
2781 When @code{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the users'
2782 umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses that
2783 number as the permissions to create the destination file. Specifying
2784 this option instructs @code{tar} that it should use the permissions directly
2785 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2786
2787 @item --read-full-records
2788 @itemx -B
2789
2790 Specifies that @code{tar} should reblock its input, for reading from pipes on
2791 systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2792
2793 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2794
2795 Instructs @code{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2796 archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2797
2798 @item --recursive-unlink
2799
2800 Similar to the @samp{--unlink-first} option, removing existing
2801 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2802 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2803
2804 @item --remove-files
2805
2806 Directs @code{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2807 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2808
2809 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2810
2811 Notifies @code{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2812 devices. @FIXME-xref{}.
2813
2814 @item --same-order
2815 @itemx --preserve-order
2816 @itemx -s
2817
2818 This option is an optimization for @code{tar} when running on machines with
2819 small amounts of memory. It informs @code{tar} that the list of file
2820 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2821 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2822
2823 @item --same-owner
2824
2825 When extracting an archive, @code{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2826 specified in the @code{tar} archive with this option present. @FIXME-xref{}.
2827
2828 @item --same-permissions
2829
2830 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2831
2832 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2833
2834 Instructs @code{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when operating
2835 on a @code{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2836
2837 @item --sparse
2838 @itemx -S
2839
2840 Invokes a GNU extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2841 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}.
2842
2843 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2844 @itemx -K @var{name}
2845
2846 This option affects extraction only; @code{tar} will skip extracting
2847 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2848 @xref{Scarce}.
2849
2850 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2851
2852 Alters the suffix @code{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2853 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}.
2854
2855 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2856 @itemx -L @var{num}
2857
2858 Specifies the length of tapes that @code{tar} is writing as being
2859 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}.
2860
2861 @item --to-stdout
2862 @itemx -O
2863
2864 During extraction, @code{tar} will extract files to stdout rather than to the
2865 file system. @xref{Writing}.
2866
2867 @item --totals
2868
2869 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2870 @FIXME-xref{}.
2871
2872 @item --touch
2873 @itemx -m
2874
2875 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2876 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2877 @xref{Writing}.
2878
2879 @item --uncompress
2880
2881 (See @samp{--compress}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2882
2883 @item --ungzip
2884
2885 (See @samp{--gzip}; @FIXME-pxref{}.)
2886
2887 @item --unlink-first
2888 @itemx -U
2889
2890 Directs @code{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file system
2891 before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2892
2893 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2894
2895 Instructs @code{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2896 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}.
2897
2898 @item --verbose
2899 @itemx -v
2900
2901 Specifies that @code{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2902 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2903 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}.
2904
2905 @item --verify
2906 @itemx -W
2907
2908 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2909 archive. @FIXME-xref{}.
2910
2911 @item --version
2912
2913 @code{tar} will print an informational message about what version it is and a
2914 copyright message, some credits, and then exit. @FIXME-xref{}.
2915
2916 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2917
2918 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @code{tar} will keep track
2919 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2920 @FIXME-xref{}.
2921 @end table
2922
2923 @node Short Option Summary, , Option Summary, All Options
2924 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2925
2926 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2927 them with the equivalent long option.
2928
2929 @table @kbd
2930
2931 @item -A
2932
2933 @samp{--concatenate}
2934
2935 @item -B
2936
2937 @samp{--read-full-records}
2938
2939 @item -C
2940
2941 @samp{--directory}
2942
2943 @item -F
2944
2945 @samp{--info-script}
2946
2947 @item -G
2948
2949 @samp{--incremental}
2950
2951 @item -K
2952
2953 @samp{--starting-file}
2954
2955 @item -L
2956
2957 @samp{--tape-length}
2958
2959 @item -M
2960
2961 @samp{--multi-volume}
2962
2963 @item -N
2964
2965 @samp{--newer}
2966
2967 @item -O
2968
2969 @samp{--to-stdout}
2970
2971 @item -P
2972
2973 @samp{--absolute-names}
2974
2975 @item -R
2976
2977 @samp{--block-number}
2978
2979 @item -S
2980
2981 @samp{--sparse}
2982
2983 @item -T
2984
2985 @samp{--files-from}
2986
2987 @item -U
2988
2989 @samp{--unlink-first}
2990
2991 @item -V
2992
2993 @samp{--label}
2994
2995 @item -W
2996
2997 @samp{--verify}
2998
2999 @item -X
3000
3001 @samp{--exclude-from}
3002
3003 @item -Z
3004
3005 @samp{--compress}
3006
3007 @item -b
3008
3009 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3010
3011 @item -c
3012
3013 @samp{--create}
3014
3015 @item -d
3016
3017 @samp{--compare}
3018
3019 @item -f
3020
3021 @samp{--file}
3022
3023 @item -g
3024
3025 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3026
3027 @item -h
3028
3029 @samp{--dereference}
3030
3031 @item -i
3032
3033 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3034
3035 @item -k
3036
3037 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3038
3039 @item -l
3040
3041 @samp{--one-file-system}
3042
3043 @item -m
3044
3045 @samp{--touch}
3046
3047 @item -o
3048
3049 @samp{--portability}
3050
3051 @item -p
3052
3053 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3054
3055 @item -r
3056
3057 @samp{--append}
3058
3059 @item -s
3060
3061 @samp{--same-order}
3062
3063 @item -t
3064
3065 @samp{--list}
3066
3067 @item -u
3068
3069 @samp{--update}
3070
3071 @item -v
3072
3073 @samp{--verbose}
3074
3075 @item -w
3076
3077 @samp{--interactive}
3078
3079 @item -x
3080
3081 @samp{--extract}
3082
3083 @item -y
3084
3085 @samp{--bzip2}
3086
3087 @item -z
3088
3089 @samp{--gzip}
3090
3091 @end table
3092
3093 @node help, verbose, All Options, tar invocation
3094 @section GNU @code{tar} documentation
3095
3096 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using GNU
3097 @code{tar}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option will generate a message
3098 giving confirmation that you are using GNU @code{tar}, with the precise
3099 version of GNU @code{tar} you are using. @code{tar} identifies itself
3100 and prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3101 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3102 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3103
3104 @example
3105 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3106 @end example
3107
3108 @noindent
3109 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3110 name in the package (for example, @code{rmt} is another program), while
3111 the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package itself,
3112 containing possibly many programs. The package is currently named
3113 @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it contains@footnote{There
3114 are plans to merge the @code{cpio} and @code{tar} packages into a single one
3115 which would be called @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days,
3116 the @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (GNU paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3117
3118 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3119 of some particular @code{tar} option, without resorting to this manual,
3120 for once you have carefully read it. GNU @code{tar} has a short help
3121 feature, triggerable through the @value{op-help} option. By using this
3122 option, @code{tar} will print a usage message listing all available
3123 options on standard output, then exit successfully, without doing
3124 anything else and ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a
3125 brief summary, it may be several screens long. So, if you are not
3126 using some kind of scrollable window, you might prefer to use something
3127 like:
3128
3129 @example
3130 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3131 @end example
3132
3133 @noindent
3134 presuming, here, that you like using @code{less} for a pager. Other
3135 popular pagers are @code{more} and @code{pg}. If you know about some
3136 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3137 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3138
3139 @example
3140 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3141 @end example
3142
3143 @noindent
3144 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3145
3146 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3147 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3148 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3149 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3150 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3151
3152 The short help output is quite succint, and you might have to get back
3153 to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading this
3154 paragraph, you already have the @code{tar} manual in some form. This
3155 manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small book. It may
3156 printed out of the GNU @code{tar} distribution, provided you have @TeX{}
3157 already installed somewhere, and a laser printer around. Just configure
3158 the distribution, execute the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print
3159 @file{doc/tar.dvi} the usual way (contact your local guru to know how).
3160 If GNU @code{tar} has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3161 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3162 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3163 @code{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within GNU
3164 Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3165
3166 There is currently no @code{man} page for GNU @code{tar}. If you observe
3167 such a @code{man} page on the system you are running, either it does not
3168 long to GNU @code{tar}, or it has not been produced by GNU. Currently,
3169 GNU @code{tar} documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3170 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3171
3172 @node verbose, interactive, help, tar invocation
3173 @section Checking @code{tar} progress
3174
3175 @cindex Progress information
3176 @cindex Status information
3177 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3178 @cindex Verbose operation
3179 @cindex Block number where error occured
3180 @cindex Error message, block number of
3181 @cindex Version of the @code{tar} program
3182
3183 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3184 @cindex Information during operation
3185 @cindex Feedback from @code{tar}
3186
3187 Typically, @code{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3188 information to the user except error messages. When using @code{tar}
3189 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3190 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3191 @code{tar} provides several options that make observing @code{tar}
3192 easier. These options cause @code{tar} to print information as it
3193 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3194 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3195 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3196 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3197 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3198 helpful diagnostic tools.
3199
3200 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3201 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3202 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3203 @code{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3204 is processed. This and the other options which make @code{tar} print
3205 status information can be useful in monitoring @code{tar}.
3206
3207 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3208 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3209 Using it twice causes @code{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3210 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3211 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3212 causes @code{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3213 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3214 long list output:
3215
3216 @example
3217 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3218 $ @kbd{tar xvv archive.tar}
3219 @end example
3220
3221 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3222 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3223 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3224 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3225 @code{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3226
3227 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3228 @value{op-create}---causes @code{tar} to print the total
3229 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3230
3231 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3232 as @code{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3233 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3234 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3235 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @code{tar}
3236 is actually making forward progress.
3237
3238 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3239 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3240
3241 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3242 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3243 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3244 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3245 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3246 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3247 some other reason.
3248
3249 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @code{tar} prints, along with every
3250 message it would normally produce, the block number within the archive
3251 where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages are
3252 triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of file on
3253 the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated with a NUL
3254 block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file is met, so the
3255 position of end of file will not usually show when @value{op-block-number}
3256 is used. Note that GNU @code{tar} drains the archive before exiting when
3257 reading the archive from a pipe.
3258
3259 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3260 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3261 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3262 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3263 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3264 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3265 backup section written}.
3266
3267 @node interactive, , verbose, tar invocation
3268 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3269 @cindex Interactive operation
3270
3271 Typically, @code{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3272 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3273 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3274 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3275 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3276 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3277 @code{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3278
3279 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3280 reading, writing, or deleting files, @code{tar} first prints a message
3281 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3282 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3283 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3284 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3285 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3286 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3287 than @samp{y}, @code{tar} skips that file.
3288
3289 If @code{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3290 @code{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3291 communications.
3292
3293 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3294 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3295 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3296 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3297 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3298 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3299 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3300 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3301 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3302 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3303 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3304
3305 @node operations, Backups, tar invocation, Top
3306 @chapter GNU @code{tar} Operations
3307
3308 @menu
3309 * Basic tar::
3310 * Advanced tar::
3311 * extract options::
3312 * backup::
3313 * Applications::
3314 * looking ahead::
3315 @end menu
3316
3317 @node Basic tar, Advanced tar, operations, operations
3318 @section Basic GNU @code{tar} Operations
3319
3320 The basic @code{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3321 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3322 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3323 for these operations.
3324
3325 @table @asis
3326 @item @value{op-create}
3327
3328 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3329 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3330 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3331 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3332 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @code{tar}
3333 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3334 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3335 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3336 common errors are:
3337
3338 @enumerate
3339 @item
3340 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3341 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3342 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next ot each other on
3343 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3344 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3345 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3346
3347 @item
3348 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3349 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3350 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3351 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3352 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3353 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3354 @end enumerate
3355
3356 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3357 errors, GNU @code{tar} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3358 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3359 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3360 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of GNU
3361 @code{tar} and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3362 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3363 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3364
3365 @example
3366 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3367 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3368 @end example
3369
3370 @item @value{op-extract}
3371
3372 A socket is stored, within a GNU @code{tar} archive, as a pipe.
3373
3374 @item @value{op-list}
3375
3376 GNU @code{tar} now shows dates as @samp{1996-11-09}, while it used to
3377 show them as @samp{Nov 11 1996}. (One can revert to the old behavior by
3378 defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c} before reinstalling.)
3379 But preferrably, people you should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local
3380 American dates should be made available again with full date localisation
3381 support, once ready. In the meantime, programs not being localisable
3382 for dates should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3383
3384 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3385 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3386
3387 @end table
3388
3389 @node Advanced tar, extract options, Basic tar, operations
3390 @section Advanced GNU @code{tar} Operations
3391
3392 Now that you have learned the basics of using GNU @code{tar}, you may
3393 want to learn about further ways in which @code{tar} can help you.
3394
3395 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3396 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3397 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3398 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @code{tar}
3399 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3400 define the output from @code{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3401 error correction in special circumstances.
3402
3403 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3404 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3405
3406 @menu
3407 * Operations::
3408 * current state::
3409 * append::
3410 * update::
3411 * concatenate::
3412 * delete::
3413 * compare::
3414 @end menu
3415
3416 @node Operations, current state, Advanced tar, Advanced tar
3417 @subsection The Five Advanced @code{tar} Operations
3418 @UNREVISED
3419
3420 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3421 @code{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3422 @code{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3423 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3424
3425 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3426 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3427 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3428 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3429 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3430 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3431 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3432 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3433
3434 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3435 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3436 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3437 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3438
3439 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3440 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3441 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3442 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3443 where the last chapter left them.)
3444
3445 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3446
3447 @table @kbd
3448 @item --append
3449 @itemx -r
3450 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3451 @item --update
3452 @itemx -r
3453 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3454 they exist.
3455 @item --concatenate
3456 @itemx --catenate
3457 @itemx -A
3458 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3459 @item --delete
3460 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3461 @item --compare
3462 @itemx --diff
3463 @itemx -d
3464 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3465 @end table
3466
3467 @node current state, append, Operations, Advanced tar
3468 @ifinfo
3469 @subsection The Current State of the Practice Files
3470 @end ifinfo
3471
3472 Currently, the listing of the directory using @code{ls} is as follows:
3473
3474 @example
3475
3476 @end example
3477
3478 @noindent
3479 The archive file @samp{collection.tar} looks like this:
3480
3481 @example
3482 $ @kbd{tar -tvf collection.tar}
3483
3484 @end example
3485
3486 @noindent
3487 The archive file @samp{music.tar} looks like this:
3488
3489 @example
3490 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
3491
3492 @end example
3493
3494 @FIXME{need to fill in the above!!!}
3495
3496 @node append, update, current state, Advanced tar
3497 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3498 @UNREVISED
3499
3500 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3501 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3502 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3503 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3504 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3505 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3506
3507 @FIXME{Explain in second paragraph whether you can get to the previous
3508 version -- explain whole situation somewhat more clearly.}
3509
3510 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3511 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3512 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3513 complex. @code{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite numbers of files
3514 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3515 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3516 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3517 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3518
3519 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3520 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3521 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3522 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3523 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3524 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3525 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{overwrite} a file of
3526 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @code{tar}
3527 will not prompt you about this. Thus, only the most recently archived
3528 member will end up being extracted, as it will overwrite the one
3529 extracted before it, and so on.
3530
3531 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3532 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...}
3533
3534 There are a few ways to get around this. @FIXME-xref{Multiple Members
3535 with the Same Name}.
3536
3537 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3538 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3539 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3540 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3541 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3542 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3543 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truely
3544 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3545 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3546 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3547
3548 @menu
3549 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3550 * multiple::
3551 @end menu
3552
3553 @node appending files, multiple, append, append
3554 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3555 @UNREVISED
3556 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3557 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3558 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3559
3560 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3561 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3562 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3563 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3564 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3565 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3566 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3567 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3568 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3569 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3570
3571 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3572 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3573 must be a valid @code{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3574 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3575
3576 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3577 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3578 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3579 following @code{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3580 @file{collection.tar}:
3581
3582 @example
3583 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3584 @end example
3585
3586 @noindent
3587 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3588 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3589
3590 @example
3591 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3592 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3593 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3594 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3595 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3596 @end example
3597
3598 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3599 title claims it will become...}
3600
3601 @node multiple, , appending files, append
3602 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3603
3604 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3605 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3606 doing this since there is another @code{tar} option called
3607 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3608 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3609 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3610 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3611 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3612 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3613 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that re explicitly don't
3614 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3615 the situation.} When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3616 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3617 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3618 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will overwrite a
3619 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3620 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3621 versions of the file.
3622
3623 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3624 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3625 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3626 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3627 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3628 version of the file will be extracted first, and then overwritten by the
3629 newer version when it is extracted.
3630
3631 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3632 archive in this way:
3633
3634 @example
3635 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3636 blues
3637 @end example
3638
3639 @noindent
3640 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @code{tar} has
3641 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3642 list the contents of the archive:
3643
3644 @example
3645 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3646 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3647 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3648 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3649 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3650 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3651 @end example
3652
3653 @noindent
3654 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3655 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3656 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3657 overwritten by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3658 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory. @xref{Writing},
3659 for more information. (@emph{Please note:} This is the case unless
3660 you employ the @value{op-backup} option; @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members
3661 with the Same Name}.)
3662
3663 @node update, concatenate, append, Advanced tar
3664 @subsection Updating an Archive
3665 @UNREVISED
3666 @cindex Updating an archive
3667
3668 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3669 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3670 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @code{tar}
3671 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3672 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3673 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3674 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3675
3676 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3677 The operation will fail.
3678
3679 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3680 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3681
3682 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
3683 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3684 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3685 the @value{op-backup} option (@FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3686 Same Name}).
3687
3688 @menu
3689 * how to update::
3690 @end menu
3691
3692 @node how to update, , update, update
3693 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
3694
3695 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3696 If you don't specify any files, @code{tar} won't act on any files and
3697 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3698 you).
3699
3700 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3701 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3702
3703 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3704 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3705 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @code{tar} with
3706 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3707 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3708 arguments:
3709
3710 @example
3711 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3712 blues
3713 classical
3714 $
3715 @end example
3716
3717 @noindent
3718 Because we have specified verbose mode, @code{tar} prints out the names
3719 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3720 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3721 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3722 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3723 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3724 updating it.
3725
3726 (The reason @code{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3727 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3728 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3729 information about tapes.
3730
3731 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3732 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it lengthens
3733 the archive every time it is used. The GNU @code{tar} options intended
3734 specifically for backups are more efficient. If you need to run
3735 backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3736
3737 @node concatenate, delete, update, Advanced tar
3738 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
3739
3740 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3741 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3742 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3743 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3744 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3745 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3746
3747 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3748 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3749 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3750 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3751 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. For
3752 information on how this affects reading the archive, @FIXME-ref{Multiple
3753 Members with the Same Name}.
3754
3755 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3756 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3757 files from @file{practice}:
3758
3759 @example
3760 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3761 blues
3762 classical
3763 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3764 folk
3765 jazz
3766 @end example
3767
3768 @noindent
3769 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3770 contain what they are supposed to:
3771
3772 @example
3773 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3774 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3775 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3776 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3777 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3778 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3779 @end example
3780
3781 We can concatenate these two archives with @code{tar}:
3782
3783 @example
3784 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3785 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3786 @end example
3787
3788 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3789 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3790
3791 @example
3792 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3793 blues
3794 rock
3795 jazz
3796 folk
3797 @end example
3798
3799 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3800 already exist and must have been created using compatable format
3801 parameters (@FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}). The new,
3802 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3803 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3804 new name?}
3805
3806 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3807 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3808
3809 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @code{cat}
3810 @cindex @code{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3811 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @code{cat} to
3812 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
3813 operation; after all, @code{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3814
3815 However, @code{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3816 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3817 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3818 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3819 @code{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3820 @code{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3821 archive that was added to using the @code{cat} utility, use the
3822 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3823 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3824 @code{cat} shell utility.
3825
3826 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3827 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3828 do not specify the target archive, @code{tar} uses the value of the
3829 environment variable @code{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3830 default archive name.
3831
3832 @node delete, compare, concatenate, Advanced tar
3833 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
3834 @UNREVISED
3835 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3836 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3837
3838 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3839 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3840 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3841 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3842 cause @code{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3843 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3844 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
3845 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
3846 very slowly.
3847
3848 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
3849
3850 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
3851 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3852 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3853 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3854 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3855 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3856 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3857 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3858 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3859 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3860
3861 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3862 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3863 are in that directory, and then,
3864
3865 @example
3866 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3867 blues
3868 folk
3869 jazz
3870 rock
3871 practice/blues
3872 practice/folk
3873 practice/jazz
3874 practice/rock
3875 practice/blues
3876 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3877 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3878 folk
3879 jazz
3880 rock
3881 $
3882 @end example
3883
3884 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3885 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3886 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3887
3888 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3889 @code{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3890
3891 @node compare, , delete, Advanced tar
3892 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3893 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3894 @UNREVISED
3895
3896 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
3897 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3898 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3899 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3900 names. If you do not name any members, then @code{tar} will compare the
3901 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3902 exist in the file system, @code{tar} reports a difference.
3903
3904 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3905 archive with a non-default record size.
3906
3907 @code{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3908 corresponding members in the archive.
3909
3910 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3911 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3912 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3913 @file{funk}; @code{tar} will report an error message.)
3914
3915 @example
3916 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3917 rock
3918 blues
3919 tar: funk not found in archive
3920 @end example
3921
3922 @noindent
3923 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3924 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @code{tar} and the
3925 version you are running, @code{tar} may have a different error message,
3926 such as:
3927
3928 @example
3929 funk: does not exist
3930 @end example
3931
3932 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3933 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3934 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3935
3936 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3937 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3938 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3939
3940 @node extract options, backup, Advanced tar, operations
3941 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
3942 @UNREVISED
3943
3944 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3945 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3946
3947 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3948 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @code{tar} to
3949 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3950 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3951 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
3952 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3953 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3954 @samp{--extract} operation.
3955
3956 @menu
3957 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3958 * Writing:: Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
3959 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3960 @end menu
3961
3962 @node Reading, Writing, extract options, extract options
3963 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3964 @cindex Options when reading archives
3965 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3966 @cindex Records, incomplete
3967 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3968 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3969 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3970 @cindex Small memory
3971 @cindex Running out of space
3972 @UNREVISED
3973
3974 Normally, @code{tar} will request data in full record increments from
3975 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
3976 @code{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
3977 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
3978 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
3979 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
3980 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
3981 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
3982 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
3983
3984 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
3985 @code{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
3986 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
3987 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
3988 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @code{tar}
3989 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
3990
3991 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
3992 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
3993 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
3994 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
3995 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
3996
3997 @menu
3998 * read full records::
3999 * Ignore Zeros::
4000 * Ignore Failed Read::
4001 @end menu
4002
4003 @node read full records, Ignore Zeros, Reading, Reading
4004 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4005
4006 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4007
4008 @table @kbd
4009 @item --read-full-records
4010 @item -B
4011 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4012 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4013 than the one specified.
4014 @end table
4015
4016 @node Ignore Zeros, Ignore Failed Read, read full records, Reading
4017 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4018
4019 Normally, @code{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4020 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4021 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @code{tar} to completely read an archive
4022 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4023 archive, or one which was created by @code{cat}-ing several archives
4024 together).
4025
4026 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4027 versions of @code{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4028 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. GNU
4029 @code{tar} does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4030 maintain compatablity among archiving utilities.
4031
4032 @table @kbd
4033 @item --ignore-zeros
4034 @itemx -i
4035 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4036 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4037 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4038 @end table
4039
4040 @node Ignore Failed Read, , Ignore Zeros, Reading
4041 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignore Fail Read
4042
4043 @FIXME{Is this in the right place? It doesn't exist anywhere else in
4044 the book (except the appendix), and has no further explanation. For that
4045 matter, what does it mean?!}
4046
4047 @table @kbd
4048 @item --ignore-failed-read
4049 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4050 @end table
4051
4052 @node Writing, Scarce, Reading, extract options
4053 @subsection Changing How @code{tar} Writes Files
4054 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4055 @cindex Protecting old files
4056 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4057 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4058 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4059 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4060 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4061 @UNREVISED
4062
4063 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4064
4065 @menu
4066 * Prevention Overwriting::
4067 * Keep Old Files::
4068 * Unlink First::
4069 * Recursive Unlink::
4070 * Modification Times::
4071 * Setting Access Permissions::
4072 * Writing to Standard Output::
4073 * remove files::
4074 @end menu
4075
4076 @node Prevention Overwriting, Keep Old Files, Writing, Writing
4077 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options to Prevent Overwriting Files
4078
4079 Normally, @code{tar} writes extracted files into the file system without
4080 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4081 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4082 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4083 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4084 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4085 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4086 they are found to be on the way of the proper extraction.
4087
4088 To prevent @code{tar} from extracting an archive member from an archive
4089 if doing so will overwrite a file in the file system, use
4090 @value{op-keep-old-files} in conjunction with @samp{--extract}. When
4091 this option is specified, @code{tar} will report an error stating the
4092 name of the files in conflict instead of overwriting the file with the
4093 corresponding extracted archive member.
4094
4095 @FIXME{these two P's have problems. i don't understand what they're
4096 trying to talk about well enough to fix them; i may have just made them
4097 worse (in particular the first of the two). waiting to talk with hag.}
4098
4099 The @value{op-unlink-first} option removes existing files, symbolic links,
4100 empty directories, devices, etc., @emph{prior} to extracting over them.
4101 In particular, using this option will prevent replacing an already existing
4102 symbolic link by the name of an extracted file, since the link itself
4103 is removed prior to the extraction, rather than the file it points to.
4104 On some systems, the backing store for the executable @emph{is} the
4105 original program text. You could use the @value{op-unlink-first} option
4106 to prevent segmentation violations or other woes when extracting arbitrary
4107 executables over currently running copies. Note that if something goes
4108 wrong with the extraction and you @emph{did} use this option, you might
4109 end up with no file at all. Without this option, if something goes wrong
4110 with the extraction, the existing file is not overwritten and preserved.
4111
4112 @FIXME{huh?} If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4113 @code{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4114 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4115 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy. For example, someone
4116 using this feature may be very surprised at the results when extracting
4117 a directory entry from the archive. This option can be dangerous; be
4118 very aware of what you are doing if you choose to use it.
4119
4120 @menu
4121 * Keep Old Files::
4122 * Unlink First::
4123 * Recursive Unlink::
4124 @end menu
4125
4126 @node Keep Old Files, Unlink First, Prevention Overwriting, Writing
4127 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4128
4129 @table @kbd
4130 @item --keep-old-files
4131 @itemx -k
4132 Do not overwrite existing files from archive. The
4133 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @code{tar} from over-writing
4134 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4135 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4136 Prevents @code{tar} from overwriting files in the file system during
4137 extraction.
4138 @end table
4139
4140 @node Unlink First, Recursive Unlink, Keep Old Files, Writing
4141 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4142
4143 @table @kbd
4144 @item --unlink-first
4145 @itemx -U
4146 Try removing files before extracting over them, instead of trying to
4147 overwrite them.
4148 @end table
4149
4150 @node Recursive Unlink, Modification Times, Unlink First, Writing
4151 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4152
4153 @table @kbd
4154 @item --recursive-unlink
4155 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4156 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4157 @end table
4158
4159 Some people argue that GNU @code{tar} should not hesitate to overwrite
4160 files with other files when extracting. When extracting a @code{tar}
4161 archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the state of the filesystem
4162 when the archive was created. It is debatable that this would always
4163 be a proper behaviour. For example, suppose one has an archive in
4164 which @file{usr/local} is a link to @file{usr/local2}. Since then,
4165 maybe the site removed the link and renamed the whole hierarchy from
4166 @file{/usr/local2} to @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time.
4167 I guess it would not be welcome at all that GNU @code{tar} removes the
4168 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated (unless it
4169 @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full @file{/usr/local2}, of course!
4170 GNU @code{tar} is indeed able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a
4171 symbolic link, for example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink}
4172 is specified to allow this behaviour. In any case, single files are
4173 silently removed.
4174
4175 @node Modification Times, Setting Access Permissions, Recursive Unlink, Writing
4176 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4177
4178 Normally, @code{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4179 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4180 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4181 setting.
4182
4183 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4184 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4185 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4186
4187 @table @kbd
4188 @item --touch
4189 @itemx -m
4190 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4191 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4192 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4193 @end table
4194
4195 @node Setting Access Permissions, Writing to Standard Output, Modification Times, Writing
4196 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4197
4198 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4199 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-persmissions}
4200 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4201 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4202
4203 @table @kbd
4204 @item --preserve-permission
4205 @itemx --same-permission
4206 @itemx --ignore-umask
4207 @itemx -p
4208 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4209 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4210 @value{op-extract}.
4211 @end table
4212
4213 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesnt' this cat
4214 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4215 more than one file?}
4216
4217 @node Writing to Standard Output, remove files, Setting Access Permissions, Writing
4218 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4219
4220 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4221 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4222 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4223 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4224 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4225 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4226 found in the archive.
4227
4228 @table @kbd
4229 @item --to-stdout
4230 @itemx -O
4231 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4232 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4233 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @code{tar} writes
4234 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4235 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4236 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4237 @end table
4238
4239 @FIXME{Why would you want to do such a thing, how are files separated on
4240 the standard output? is this useful with more that one file? Are
4241 pipes the real reason?}
4242
4243 @node remove files, , Writing to Standard Output, Writing
4244 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4245
4246 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4247 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4248 else in the book...}
4249
4250 @table @kbd
4251 @item --remove-files
4252 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4253 @end table
4254
4255 @node Scarce, , Writing, extract options
4256 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4257 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4258 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4259 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4260 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4261 @UNREVISED
4262
4263 @menu
4264 * Starting File::
4265 * Same Order::
4266 @end menu
4267
4268 @node Starting File, Same Order, Scarce, Scarce
4269 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4270
4271 @table @kbd
4272 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4273 @itemx -K @var{name}
4274 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4275 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4276 @end table
4277
4278 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4279 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4280 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4281 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4282 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @code{tar},
4283 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4284 same @code{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4285 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4286 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4287
4288 @node Same Order, , Starting File, Scarce
4289 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4290
4291 @table @kbd
4292 @item --same-order
4293 @itemx --preserve-order
4294 @itemx -s
4295 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4296 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4297 @value{op-list}
4298 or @value{op-extract}.
4299 @end table
4300
4301 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4302 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4303 the option to exist in either version?}
4304
4305 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4306
4307 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @code{tar} that the list of file
4308 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4309 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4310 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4311 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4312 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4313
4314 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4315
4316 @node backup, Applications, extract options, operations
4317 @section Backup options
4318
4319 @cindex backup options
4320
4321 GNU @code{tar} offers options for making backups of files before writing
4322 new versions. These options control the details of these backups.
4323 They may apply to the archive itself before it is created or rewritten,
4324 as well as individual extracted members. Other GNU programs (@code{cp},
4325 @code{install}, @code{ln}, and @code{mv}, for example) offer similar
4326 options.
4327
4328 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4329 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4330 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4331 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4332 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4333 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4334 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4335 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4336 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4337 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4338
4339 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4340 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4341 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4342 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4343 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4344 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4345 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4346 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4347 refers to a remote file.
4348
4349 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4350 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4351 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4352 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4353 file are kept.
4354
4355 @table @samp
4356
4357 @item --backup
4358 @opindex --backup
4359 @cindex backups, making
4360 Make backups of files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4361 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4362
4363 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4364 @opindex --suffix
4365 @cindex backup suffix
4366 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4367 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{-b}. If this
4368 option is not specified, the value of the @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4369 environment variable is used. And if @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4370 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4371
4372 @item --version-control=@var{method}
4373 @opindex --version-control
4374 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4375 @cindex backup files, type made
4376 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made with @value{op-backup}.
4377 If this option is not specified, the value of the @code{VERSION_CONTROL}
4378 environment variable is used. And if @code{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4379 the default backup type is @samp{existing}.
4380
4381 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4382 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4383 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This options
4384 also more descriptive name. The valid @var{method}s (unique
4385 abbreviations are accepted):
4386
4387 @table @samp
4388 @item t
4389 @itemx numbered
4390 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4391 Always make numbered backups.
4392
4393 @item nil
4394 @itemx existing
4395 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4396 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4397 of the others.
4398
4399 @item never
4400 @itemx simple
4401 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4402 Always make simple backups.
4403
4404 @end table
4405
4406 @end table
4407
4408 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @var{op-backup}
4409 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4410 as one may thing, due to the fact old style options should appear first
4411 and consume arguments a bit inpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4412 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4413 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4414
4415 @example
4416 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4417 @end example
4418
4419 @node Applications, looking ahead, backup, operations
4420 @section Notable @code{tar} Usages
4421 @UNREVISED
4422
4423 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4424 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4425 @code{tar}ring that directory.}
4426
4427 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4428
4429 @findex uuencode
4430 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4431 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4432 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4433 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4434 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4435 archive with @code{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4436 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4437 long as they both support the @code{tar} program.
4438
4439 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4440 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4441 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4442 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4443
4444 @smallexample
4445 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4446 @end smallexample
4447
4448 @noindent
4449 The command also works using short option forms:
4450
4451 @FIXME{The following using standard input/output correct??}
4452 @smallexample
4453 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4454 @end smallexample
4455
4456 @noindent
4457 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @code{tar} archive.
4458
4459 @node looking ahead, , Applications, operations
4460 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4461
4462 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4463 @code{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4464 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4465 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4466 arguments to @code{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4467 archive the same list of files a number of times), and how to
4468 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4469 based on my imited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4470 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4471 remember to sitck it in here. :-)}
4472
4473 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4474 you can list the names in a file, and @code{tar} will read that file.
4475 @value{xref-files-from}.
4476
4477 There are various ways of causing @code{tar} to skip over some files,
4478 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4479
4480 @node Backups, Choosing, operations, Top
4481 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4482 @UNREVISED
4483
4484 GNU @code{tar} is distributed along with the scripts which the Free
4485 Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There is no corresponding
4486 scripts available yet for doing restoration of files. Even if there is
4487 a good chance those scripts may be satisfying to you, they are not the
4488 only scripts or methods available for doing backups and restore. You may
4489 well create your own, or use more sophisticated packages dedicated to
4490 that purpose.
4491
4492 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4493 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4494 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4495 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4496
4497 @example
4498 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4499 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4500 @end example
4501
4502 @ifclear PUBLISH
4503
4504 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4505 scripts which are provided within the GNU @code{tar} distribution.
4506
4507 @example
4508 .* dumps
4509 . + what are dumps
4510
4511 . + different levels of dumps
4512 . - full dump = dump everything
4513 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4514 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4515 n-1 dump (?)
4516
4517 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4518 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4519
4520 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4521 . - how to customize
4522 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4523
4524 . + Problems
4525 . - rsh doesn't work
4526 . - rtape isn't installed
4527 . - (others?)
4528
4529 . + the --incremental option of tar
4530
4531 . + tapes
4532 . - write protection
4533 . - types of media
4534 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4535 . - files and tape marks
4536 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4537 . - positioning the tape
4538 MT writes two at end of write,
4539 backspaces over one when writing again.
4540 @end example
4541
4542 @end ifclear
4543
4544 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @code{tar}
4545 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4546
4547 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4548 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4549 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4550 file is accidently deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4551 called @dfn{dumps}.
4552
4553 @menu
4554 * Full Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4555 * Inc Dumps:: Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4556 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4557 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4558 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4559 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4560 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4561 @end menu
4562
4563 @node Full Dumps, Inc Dumps, Backups, Backups
4564 @section Using @code{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4565 @UNREVISED
4566
4567 @cindex full dumps
4568 @cindex dumps, full
4569
4570 @cindex corrupted archives
4571 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4572 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4573 @code{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4574 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4575 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4576 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4577
4578 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4579 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4580 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4581
4582 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4583 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4584 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4585
4586 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4587 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @code{tar} from crossing
4588 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4589
4590 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4591 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4592 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4593
4594 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @code{tar} program (and your
4595 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4596 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4597 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4598 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4599 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4600
4601 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4602 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4603 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4604
4605 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4606
4607 @value{op-incremental} handle old GNU-format incremental backup.
4608
4609 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4610 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @code{tar}
4611 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4612 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4613 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4614 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4615 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4616 doing a complete incremental restore.
4617
4618 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to create a non-standard
4619 archive that may not be readable by non-GNU versions of the @code{tar}
4620 program.
4621
4622 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4623 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4624
4625 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list}, @code{tar}
4626 will list, for each directory in the archive, the list of files in
4627 that directory at the time the archive was created. This information
4628 is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to read, but which
4629 is unambiguous for a program: each file name is preceded by either a
4630 @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive, an @samp{N} if the
4631 file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is
4632 a directory (and is included in the archive). Each file name is
4633 terminated by a null character. The last file is followed by an
4634 additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4635
4636 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4637 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4638 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4639 deleted from the directory}.
4640
4641 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4642 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4643 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4644 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4645 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4646
4647 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new GNU-format incremental backup.
4648 This option handles new GNU-format incremental backup. It has much the
4649 same effect as @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump
4650 is done and the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4651 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4652 restored, and the direcotyr list is used to speed up operations.
4653
4654 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4655 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @code{tar} to
4656 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4657 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4658 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4659 be updated by @code{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4660 this option is specified, @code{tar} will create it, and include all
4661 appropriate files in the archive.
4662
4663 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4664 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4665 @code{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4666 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4667 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4668 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4669 created.
4670
4671 GNU @code{tar} actually writes the file twice: once before the data
4672 and written, and once after.
4673
4674 @node Inc Dumps, incremental and listed-incremental, Full Dumps, Backups
4675 @section Using @code{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4676 @UNREVISED
4677
4678 @cindex incremental dumps
4679 @cindex dumps, incremental
4680
4681 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4682 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4683
4684 You will need to use the @samp{-N @var{date}} option to tell @code{tar}
4685 to only store files that have been modified since @var{date}.
4686 @var{date} should be the date and time of the last full/incremental
4687 dump.
4688
4689 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4690 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4691 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4692 monthly) dump.
4693
4694 Here is a copy of the script used to dump the filesystems of the
4695 machines here at the Free Software Foundation. This script is run via
4696 @code{cron} late at night when people are least likely to be using the
4697 machines. This script dumps several filesystems from several machines
4698 at once (via NFS). The operator is responsible for ensuring that all
4699 the machines will be up at the time the dump happens. If a machine is
4700 not running, its files will not be dumped, and the next day's
4701 incremental dump will @emph{not} store files that would have gone onto
4702 that dump.
4703
4704 @example
4705 #!/bin/csh
4706 # Dump thingie
4707 set now = `date`
4708 set then = `cat date.nfs.dump`
4709 /u/hack/bin/tar -c -G -v\
4710 -f /dev/rtu20\
4711 -b 126\
4712 -N "$then"\
4713 -V "Dump from $then to $now"\
4714 /alpha-bits/gp\
4715 /gnu/hack\
4716 /hobbes/u\
4717 /spiff/u\
4718 /sugar-bombs/u
4719 echo $now > date.nfs.dump
4720 mt -f /dev/rtu20 rew
4721 @end example
4722
4723 Output from this script is stored in a file, for the operator to
4724 read later.
4725
4726 This script uses the file @file{date.nfs.dump} to store the date/time
4727 of the last dump.
4728
4729 Since this is a streaming tape drive, no attempt to verify the archive
4730 is done. This is also why the high blocking factor (126) is used.
4731 The tape drive must also be rewound by the @code{mt} command after
4732 the dump is made.
4733
4734 @node incremental and listed-incremental, Backup Levels, Inc Dumps, Backups
4735 @section The Incremental Options
4736 @UNREVISED
4737
4738 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4739 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4740 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4741 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4742 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4743 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4744 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4745
4746 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4747 @code{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4748 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4749 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4750 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4751 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4752
4753 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to create a non-standard
4754 archive that may not be readable by non-GNU versions of the @code{tar}
4755 program.
4756
4757 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4758 @code{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4759 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4760 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4761 extract the files in the archive.
4762
4763 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4764 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4765 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4766 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4767 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4768
4769 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list}, causes
4770 @code{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4771 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4772 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4773 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4774 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4775 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4776 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4777 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4778 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4779
4780 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4781 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @code{tar}
4782 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4783 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4784 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4785 then be updated by @code{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4786 when this option is specified, @code{tar} will create it, and include
4787 all appropriate files in the archive.
4788
4789 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4790 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4791 directory names. @code{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4792 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4793 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4794 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4795 actually created.
4796
4797 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4798 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4799 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4800 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4801 So @code{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4802 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4803 to be a better way to go.
4804
4805 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4806
4807 @node Backup Levels, Backup Parameters, incremental and listed-incremental, Backups
4808 @section Levels of Backups
4809 @UNREVISED
4810
4811 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4812 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4813 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4814 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4815 are daily re-archived.
4816
4817 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4818 files between full dumps, you can a incremental dump. A @dfn{level
4819 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4820 dump.
4821
4822 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4823 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4824 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4825 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4826 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4827 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4828 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4829 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4830
4831 GNU @code{tar} comes with scripts you can use to do full and level-one
4832 dumps. Using scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and
4833 restoration is a convenient and reliable alternative to typing out
4834 file name lists and @code{tar} commands by hand.
4835
4836 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4837 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4838 scripts and by the restore script. @FIXME{There is no such restore
4839 script!}. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}. Once the backup parameters
4840 are set, you can perform backups or restoration by running the
4841 appropriate script.
4842
4843 The name of the restore script is @code{restore}. @FIXME{There is
4844 no such restore script!}. The names of the level one and full backup
4845 scripts are, respectively, @code{level-1} and @code{level-0}.
4846 The @code{level-0} script also exists under the name @code{weekly}, and
4847 the @code{level-1} under the name @code{daily}---these additional names
4848 can be changed according to your backup schedule. @FIXME-xref{Scripted
4849 Restoration}, for more information on running the restoration script.
4850 @FIXME-xref{Scripted Backups}, for more information on running the
4851 backup scripts.
4852
4853 @emph{Please Note:} The backup scripts and the restoration scripts are
4854 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4855 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4856 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4857 it is easier to use the scripts. @FIXME{There is no such restore script!}.
4858 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{xref-listed-incremental},
4859 before making such an attempt.
4860
4861 @FIXME{shorten node names}
4862
4863 @node Backup Parameters, Scripted Backups, Backup Levels, Backups
4864 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4865 @UNREVISED
4866
4867 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4868 backup and restoration scripts provided with @code{tar}. You must
4869 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4870 before using these scripts.
4871
4872 @FIXME{This about backup scripts needs to be written: BS is a shell
4873 script .... thus ... @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax.}
4874
4875 @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}, for an explanation of this syntax.
4876
4877 @FIXME{Whats a parameter .... looked at by the backup scripts
4878 ... which will be expecting to find ... now syntax ... value is linked
4879 to lame ... @file{backup-specs} specifies the following parameters:}
4880
4881 @table @samp
4882 @item ADMINISTRATOR
4883 The user name of the backup administrator.
4884
4885 @item BACKUP_HOUR
4886 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4887 to 23, or the string @samp{now}.
4888
4889 @item TAPE_FILE
4890 The device @code{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
4891 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
4892
4893 @FIXME{examples for all ...}
4894
4895 @item TAPE_STATUS
4896 The command to use to obtain the status of the archive device,
4897 including error count. On some tape drives there may not be such a
4898 command; in that case, simply use `TAPE_STATUS=false'.
4899
4900 @item BLOCKING
4901 The blocking factor @code{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4902 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4903
4904 @item BACKUP_DIRS
4905 A list of file systems to be dumped. You can include any directory
4906 name in the list---subdirectories on that file system will be
4907 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4908 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4909
4910 The host name specifies which host to run @code{tar} on, and should
4911 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4912 the host machine must have GNU @code{tar} installed, and must be able
4913 to access the directory containing the backup scripts and their
4914 support files using the same file name that is used on the machine
4915 where the scripts are run (ie. what @code{pwd} will print when in that
4916 directory on that machine). If the host that contains the file system
4917 does not have this capability, you can specify another host as long as
4918 it can access the file system through NFS.
4919
4920 @item BACKUP_FILES
4921 A list of individual files to be dumped. These should be accessible
4922 from the machine on which the backup script is run.
4923
4924 @FIXME{Same file name, be specific. Through NFS ...}
4925
4926 @end table
4927
4928 @menu
4929 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4930 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
4931 @end menu
4932
4933 @node backup-specs example, Script Syntax, Backup Parameters, Backup Parameters
4934 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4935 @UNREVISED
4936
4937 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
4938
4939 @example
4940 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
4941
4942 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
4943 BACKUP_HOUR=1
4944 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
4945 TAPE_STATUS="mts -t $TAPE_FILE"
4946 BLOCKING=124
4947 BACKUP_DIRS="
4948 albert:/fs/fsf
4949 apple-gunkies:/gd
4950 albert:/fs/gd2
4951 albert:/fs/gp
4952 geech:/usr/jla
4953 churchy:/usr/roland
4954 albert:/
4955 albert:/usr
4956 apple-gunkies:/
4957 apple-gunkies:/usr
4958 gnu:/hack
4959 gnu:/u
4960 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
4961 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
4962
4963 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
4964
4965 @end example
4966
4967 @node Script Syntax, , backup-specs example, Backup Parameters
4968 @subsection Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
4969 @UNREVISED
4970
4971 @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax. The following
4972 conventions should be considered when editing the script:
4973 @FIXME{"conventions?"}
4974
4975 A quoted string is considered to be contiguous, even if it is on more
4976 than one line. Therefore, you cannot include commented-out lines
4977 within a multi-line quoted string. BACKUP_FILES and BACKUP_DIRS are
4978 the two most likely parameters to be multi-line.
4979
4980 A quoted string typically cannot contain wildcards. In
4981 @file{backup-specs}, however, the parameters BACKUP_DIRS and
4982 BACKUP_FILES can contain wildcards.
4983
4984 @node Scripted Backups, Scripted Restoration, Backup Parameters, Backups
4985 @section Using the Backup Scripts
4986 @UNREVISED
4987
4988 The syntax for running a backup script is:
4989
4990 @example
4991 @file{script-name} [@var{time-to-be-run}]
4992 @end example
4993
4994 where @var{time-to-be-run} can be a specific system time, or can be
4995 @kbd{now}. If you do not specify a time, the script runs at the time
4996 specified in @file{backup-specs} (@FIXME-pxref{Script Syntax}).
4997
4998 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
4999 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5000 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5001 files---a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5002 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5003 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5004 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5005 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive. @FIXME{There is
5006 no such restore script!}. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}.
5007 @FIXME{Have file names changed?}
5008
5009 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5010 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5011 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5012 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5013 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental}, for a more
5014 detailed explanation of this file.
5015
5016 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5017 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5018 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5019 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5020 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5021 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-1} or
5022 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-full}.
5023
5024 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5025 standard output.
5026
5027 @node Scripted Restoration, , Scripted Backups, Backups
5028 @section Using the Restore Script
5029 @UNREVISED
5030
5031 @ifset PUBLISH
5032
5033 The @code{tar} distribution does not provide restoring scripts.
5034
5035 @end ifset
5036
5037 @ifclear PUBLISH
5038
5039 @quotation
5040 @strong{Warning:} The GNU @code{tar} distribution does @emph{not}
5041 provide any such @code{restore} script yet. This section is only
5042 listed here for documentation maintenance purposes. In any case,
5043 all contents is subject to change as things develop.
5044 @end quotation
5045
5046 @FIXME{A section on non-scripted restore may be a good idea.}
5047
5048 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5049 @code{restore} script. The syntax for the script is:
5050
5051 where ***** are the file systems to restore from, and
5052 ***** is a regular expression which specifies which files to
5053 restore. If you specify --all, the script restores all the files
5054 in the file system.
5055
5056 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5057 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5058 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5059 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5060 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5061 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media}, for a discussion of tape
5062 positioning.
5063
5064 If you specify @samp{--all} as the @var{files} argument, the
5065 @code{restore} script extracts all the files in the archived file
5066 system into the active file system.
5067
5068 @quotation
5069 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5070 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5071 @end quotation
5072
5073 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5074 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5075
5076 @FIXME{this may be an option, not a given}
5077
5078 @end ifclear
5079
5080 @node Choosing, Date input formats, Backups, Top
5081 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @code{tar}
5082 @UNREVISED
5083
5084 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5085
5086 Certain options to @code{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5087 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5088 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5089 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5090 are in specified directories.
5091
5092 @menu
5093 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5094 * Selecting Archive Members::
5095 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5096 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5097 * Wildcards::
5098 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5099 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5100 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5101 @end menu
5102
5103 @node file, Selecting Archive Members, Choosing, Choosing
5104 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5105 @cindex Naming an archive
5106 @cindex Archive Name
5107 @cindex Directing output
5108 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5109 @cindex Where is the archive?
5110 @UNREVISED
5111
5112 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5113 archive"?}
5114
5115 By default, @code{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5116 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5117 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @code{tar}
5118 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5119 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5120 @code{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5121 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5122 instead of the default archive file location.
5123
5124 @table @kbd
5125 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5126 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5127 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5128 any operation.
5129 @end table
5130
5131 For example, in this @code{tar} command,
5132
5133 @example
5134 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5135 @end example
5136
5137 @noindent
5138 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5139 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5140 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5141 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5142 with the archive you create since @code{tar} will use this file's name
5143 for the archive name.
5144
5145 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5146 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5147 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5148
5149 @cindex Writing new archives
5150 @cindex Archive creation
5151 If you do not name the archive, @code{tar} uses the value of the
5152 environment variable @code{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5153 that is not available, @code{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5154 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5155 @code{tar} always needs an archive name.
5156
5157 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @code{tar} reads the
5158 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5159 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5160 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5161 @code{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5162 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5163
5164 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5165 "notable tar usages".}
5166
5167 @example
5168 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5169 @end example
5170
5171 @FIXME{help!}
5172
5173 @cindex Standard input and output
5174 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5175 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5176 use the following:
5177
5178 @example
5179 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5180 @end example
5181
5182 @noindent
5183 @code{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5184 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5185 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @code{tar}
5186 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5187 as the username on the remote machine.
5188
5189 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5190 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5191 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5192 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @code{rsh}
5193 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5194 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5195 (This is the normal @code{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5196 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @code{rsh} access, to
5197 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5198 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5199 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5200
5201 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5202 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5203 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5204 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5205 shouldn't mention it..}
5206
5207 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, GNU @code{tar}
5208 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
5209 system, when used with GNU @code{tar}, has an initial sizing pass which
5210 uses this feature.
5211
5212 @node Selecting Archive Members, files, file, Choosing
5213 @section Selecting Archive Members
5214 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5215 @cindex Specifying archive members
5216
5217 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5218 @code{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5219 archive members @code{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5220 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5221
5222 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5223 the command line, as follows:
5224 @smallexample
5225 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5226 @end smallexample
5227
5228 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5229 in that directory are operated on by @code{tar}.
5230
5231 If you do not specify files when @code{tar} is invoked with
5232 @value{op-create}, @code{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5233 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5234 @value{op-extract}, @code{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5235 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5236 @code{tar} does nothing.
5237
5238 By default, @code{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5239 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5240 manner in which @code{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5241 operate; @FIXME{add xref here}. In general, these methods work both for
5242 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5243
5244 @node files, exclude, Selecting Archive Members, Choosing
5245 @section Reading Names from a File
5246 @UNREVISED
5247
5248 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5249 @cindex Lists of file names
5250 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5251 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5252 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5253 @value{op-files-from} option to @code{tar}. Give the name of the file
5254 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5255 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5256 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5257 the list of files to archive with the @code{find} utility.
5258
5259 @table @kbd
5260 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5261 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5262 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5263 @end table
5264
5265 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5266 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
5267 names are read from standard input.
5268
5269 Unless you are running @code{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
5270 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
5271 command.
5272
5273 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5274
5275 The following example shows how to use @code{find} to generate a list of
5276 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5277 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
5278 @code{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5279 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
5280 @code{tar} compresses the archive with @code{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5281 more information.)
5282
5283 @example
5284 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5285 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5286 @end example
5287
5288 @noindent
5289 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
5290
5291 @menu
5292 * nul::
5293 @end menu
5294
5295 @node nul, , files, files
5296 @ifinfo
5297 @unnumberedsubsec @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5298 @end ifinfo
5299
5300 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5301 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5302 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5303 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5304 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
5305
5306 @table @kbd
5307 @item --null
5308 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5309 terminate in a newline.
5310 @end table
5311
5312 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in GNU @code{xargs} and
5313 @code{cpio}, and is useful with the @samp{-print0} predicate of GNU
5314 @code{find}. In @code{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes
5315 @value{op-directory} options to be treated as file names to archive, in
5316 case there are any files out there called @file{-C}.
5317
5318 This example shows how to use @code{find} to generate a list of files
5319 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5320 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @code{find} just just
5321 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5322 rather than with a newline. You can then run @code{tar} with both the
5323 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @code{tar} get the
5324 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5325 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @code{tar} will cause
5326 @code{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5327
5328 @example
5329 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5330 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5331 @end example
5332
5333 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5334
5335 @node exclude, Wildcards, files, Choosing
5336 @section Excluding Some Files
5337 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5338 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5339 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5340 @UNREVISED
5341
5342 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5343 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5344
5345 @table @kbd
5346 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5347 Causes @code{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5348 @end table
5349
5350 @findex exclude
5351 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5352 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5353 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5354 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5355 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5356
5357 A @var{pattern} containing @samp{/} excludes a name if an initial
5358 subsequence of the name's components matches @var{pattern}; a
5359 @var{pattern} without @samp{/} excludes a name if it matches any of its
5360 name components. For example, the pattern @samp{*b/RCS} contains
5361 @samp{/}, so it excludes @file{blob/RCS} and @file{.blob/RCS/f} but not
5362 @file{blob/RCSit/RCS} or @file{/blob/RCS}, whereas the pattern
5363 @samp{RCS} excludes all these names. Conversely, the pattern @samp{*.o}
5364 lacks @samp{/}, so it excludes @file{.f.o}, @file{d/f.o}, and
5365 @file{d.o/f}.
5366
5367 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5368 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and candidate names are used as-is. For
5369 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5370 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5371
5372 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
5373
5374 @table @kbd
5375 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5376 @itemx -X @var{file}
5377 Causes @code{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5378 @var{file}.
5379 @end table
5380
5381 @findex exclude-from
5382 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5383 list of shell wildcards, one per line, from @var{file}; @code{tar} will
5384 ignore files matching those regular expressions. Thus if @code{tar} is
5385 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5386 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5387 added to the archive.
5388
5389 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5390 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5391
5392 @menu
5393 * problems with exclude::
5394 @end menu
5395
5396 @node problems with exclude, , exclude, exclude
5397 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5398
5399 @FIXME{put in for the editor's/editors' amusement, but should be taken
5400 out in the final draft, just in case! : }
5401
5402 @ignore
5403 subtitled: getting screwed using exclewed
5404 @end ignore
5405
5406 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5407 pitfalls:
5408
5409 @itemize @bullet
5410 @item
5411 The main operating mode of @code{tar} does not act on a path name
5412 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5413 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5414 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5415 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5416 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5417
5418 @item
5419 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5420 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5421 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5422 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5423 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5424 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5425
5426 @item
5427 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5428 parameter, so GNU @code{tar} sees wildcard characters like @samp{*}.
5429 If you do not do this, the shell might expand the @samp{*} itself
5430 using files at hand, so @code{tar} might receive a list of files
5431 instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the command somewhat
5432 illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5433
5434 For example, write:
5435
5436 @example
5437 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5438 @end example
5439
5440 @noindent
5441 rather than:
5442
5443 @example
5444 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5445 @end example
5446
5447 @item
5448 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5449 syntax, when using exclude options in @code{tar}. If you try to use
5450 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5451 might fail.
5452
5453 @item
5454 In earlier versions of @code{tar}, what is now the
5455 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5456 @samp{--exclude-@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5457 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5458 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5459 patterns listed in a file.
5460
5461 @end itemize
5462
5463 @node Wildcards, after, exclude, Choosing
5464 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5465
5466 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5467 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5468 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @code{tar} often
5469 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5470 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5471 verifying volume labels of @code{tar} archives. This section has the
5472 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @code{tar}.
5473
5474 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5475
5476 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5477 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5478 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5479 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5480 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5481 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5482 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5483 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5484 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5485
5486 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5487 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5488 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5489 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5490 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5491 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5492 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5493 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5494 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5495 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5496
5497 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5498 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5499 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5500 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5501 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5502 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5503
5504 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5505 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5506 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5507 @var{e}, inclusive.
5508
5509 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5510 who don't have dan around.}
5511
5512 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5513 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5514 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5515 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5516
5517 There are some discussions floating in the air and asking for modifications
5518 in the way GNU @code{tar} accomplishes wildcard matches. We perceive
5519 any change of semantics in this area as a delicate thing to impose on
5520 GNU @code{tar} users. On the other hand, the GNU project should be
5521 progressive enough to correct any ill design: compatibility at all price
5522 is not always a good attitude. In conclusion, it is @emph{possible}
5523 that slight amendments be later brought to the previous description.
5524 Your opinions on the matter are welcome.
5525
5526 @node after, recurse, Wildcards, Choosing
5527 @section Operating Only on New Files
5528 @cindex Excluding file by age
5529 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5530 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5531 @UNREVISED
5532
5533 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @code{tar} to only work on files
5534 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5535 given. If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5536 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
5537 when extracting an archive, @code{tar} will only extract files newer
5538 than the @var{date} you specify.
5539
5540 If you only want @code{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5541 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5542 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5543
5544 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5545 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5546 specify a particular date against which @code{tar} can compare when
5547 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5548
5549 @table @kbd
5550 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5551 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5552 @itemx -N @var{date}
5553 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5554
5555 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5556 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5557
5558 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5559 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5560 @end table
5561
5562 These options limit @code{tar} to only operating on files which have
5563 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5564 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5565 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5566 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5567 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
5568
5569 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
5570 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
5571 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
5572 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
5573
5574 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
5575 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
5576 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
5577 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
5578 contents of the file were looked at).
5579
5580 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
5581 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
5582 arguments.
5583
5584 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
5585
5586 @quotation
5587 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
5588 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
5589 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
5590 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
5591 @end quotation
5592
5593 To select files newer than the modification time of a file that already
5594 exists, you can use the @samp{--reference} (@samp{-r}) option of GNU
5595 @code{date}, available in GNU shell utilities 1.13 or later. It returns
5596 the timestamp of that already existing file; this timestamp expands to
5597 become the referent date which @samp{--newer} uses to determine which
5598 files to archive. For example, you could say,
5599
5600 @example
5601 $ @kbd{tar -cf @var{archive.tar} --newer="`date -r @var{file}`" /home}
5602 @end example
5603
5604 @noindent
5605 which tells @FIXME{need to fill this in!}.
5606
5607 @node recurse, one, after, Choosing
5608 @section Descending into Directories
5609 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
5610 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
5611 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
5612 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
5613 @UNREVISED
5614
5615 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
5616
5617 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
5618
5619 Usually, @code{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
5620 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
5621 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
5622 want @code{tar} to act this way.
5623
5624 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @code{tar}'s recursive descent
5625 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
5626 use the @code{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
5627 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @code{tar}.
5628 @code{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
5629 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @code{find} with
5630 @code{tar}, or look.
5631
5632 @table @kbd
5633 @item --no-recursion
5634 Prevents @code{tar} from recursively descending directories.
5635 @end table
5636
5637 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, GNU @code{tar} grabs directory entries
5638 themselves, but does not descend on them recursively. Many people use
5639 @code{find} for locating files they want to back up, and since
5640 @code{tar} @emph{usually} recursively descends on directories, they have
5641 to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option to @code{find} @FIXME{needs more
5642 explanation or a cite to another info file} as they usually do not want
5643 all the files in a directory. They then use the @value{op-file-from}
5644 option to archive the files located via @code{find}.
5645
5646 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
5647 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
5648 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
5649 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
5650 tell @code{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
5651 no new files on its own.
5652
5653 @FIXME{example here}
5654
5655 @node one, , recurse, Choosing
5656 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5657 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
5658 @UNREVISED
5659
5660 @code{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
5661 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
5662 change this behavior by running @code{tar} and specifying
5663 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
5664 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
5665 @code{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
5666 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
5667
5668 @table @kbd
5669 @item --one-file-system
5670 @itemx -l
5671 Prevents @code{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
5672 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
5673 @end table
5674
5675 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @code{tar} to modify its
5676 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
5677 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
5678 @code{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
5679 itself, @code{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
5680 @code{tar} will not cross mount points.
5681
5682 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
5683 but nothing under it.
5684
5685 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
5686 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
5687 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
5688 standard error.
5689
5690 @menu
5691 * directory:: Changing Directory
5692 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
5693 @end menu
5694
5695 @node directory, absolute, one, one
5696 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
5697
5698 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
5699 things around some.}
5700
5701 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
5702 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
5703 @cindex Working directory, specifying
5704 @UNREVISED
5705
5706 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
5707 either on the command line or in a file specified using
5708 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
5709 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
5710 the list.
5711
5712 @table @kbd
5713 @item --directory=@var{directory}
5714 @itemx -C @var{directory}
5715 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
5716 @end table
5717
5718 For example,
5719
5720 @example
5721 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
5722 @end example
5723
5724 @noindent
5725 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
5726 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
5727 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
5728 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
5729 store in the same archive.
5730
5731 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
5732 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
5733 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
5734 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
5735 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
5736
5737 Contrast this with the command,
5738
5739 @example
5740 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
5741 @end example
5742
5743 @noindent
5744 which records the third file in the archive under the name
5745 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
5746 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
5747 named @file{orange-colored}.
5748
5749 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
5750 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
5751 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
5752 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
5753 @file{foo.tar}:
5754
5755 @example
5756 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
5757 @end example
5758
5759 @noindent
5760 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
5761 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
5762 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
5763 directories where those files were located.
5764
5765 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
5766 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
5767 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
5768 the original current working directory of @code{tar}, due to a previous
5769 @samp{--directory} option.
5770
5771 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
5772 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
5773 totally screwed?}
5774
5775 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
5776 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
5777 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
5778 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
5779
5780 @node absolute, , directory, one
5781 @subsection Absolute File Names
5782 @UNREVISED
5783
5784 @table @kbd
5785 @item -P
5786 @itemx --absolute-names
5787 Do not strip leading slashes from file names.
5788 @end table
5789
5790 By default, GNU @code{tar} drops a leading @samp{/} on input or output.
5791 This option turns off this behavior.
5792 Tt is roughly equivalent to changing to the
5793 root directory before running @code{tar} (except it also turns off the
5794 usual warning message).
5795
5796 When @code{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
5797 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
5798 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
5799 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
5800 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
5801 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
5802 @file{/etc/passwd}, @code{tar} will extract it as if the name were
5803 really @file{etc/passwd}.
5804
5805 Other @code{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you create an
5806 archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be difficult
5807 for other people with a non-GNU @code{tar} program to use. Therefore,
5808 GNU @code{tar} also strips leading slashes from member names when
5809 putting members into the archive. For example, if you ask @code{tar} to
5810 add the file @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member
5811 name will be @file{bin/ls}.
5812
5813 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @code{tar} will do
5814 neither of these transformations.
5815
5816 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
5817 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
5818
5819 Normally, @code{tar} acts on files relative to the working
5820 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
5821 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
5822
5823 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @code{tar} stores file names
5824 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
5825 If you only invoked @code{tar} from the root directory you would never
5826 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
5827 more convenient than switching to root.
5828
5829 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
5830 to transfer files between systems.}
5831
5832 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
5833
5834 @table @kbd
5835 @item --absolute-names
5836 Preserves full file names (inclusing superior dirctory names) when
5837 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
5838
5839 @end table
5840
5841 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
5842
5843 @code{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from file
5844 names. This message appears once per GNU @code{tar} invocation. It
5845 represents something which ought to be told; ignoring what it means can
5846 cause very serious surprises, later.
5847
5848 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
5849 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @code{tar} standard
5850 error to the sink. For example, under @code{sh}:
5851
5852 @example
5853 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
5854 @end example
5855
5856 @noindent
5857 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
5858 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
5859 For example:
5860
5861 @example
5862 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
5863 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
5864 @end example
5865
5866 @node Date input formats, Formats, Choosing, Top
5867 @chapter Date input formats
5868
5869 @cindex date input formats
5870 @findex getdate
5871
5872 @quotation
5873 Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
5874 complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
5875 reckoning in time all but impossible. Indeed, had some tyrannical god
5876 contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
5877 for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
5878 he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
5879 It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
5880 horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
5881 demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
5882 circumlocutions. Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
5883 science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
5884 level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
5885 persistently encourages our terror of time.
5886
5887 @dots{} It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
5888 in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
5889 demanded a knowledge of five different languages. It is no wonder then
5890 that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
5891 or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion. @dots{}
5892
5893 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
5894 @end quotation
5895
5896 This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
5897 programs accept. These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
5898 arguments to the various programs. The C interface (via the
5899 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
5900
5901 @cindex beginning of time, for Unix
5902 @cindex epoch, for Unix
5903 Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
5904 A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
5905 long time. The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
5906 midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
5907
5908 @menu
5909 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
5910 * Calendar date item:: 19 Dec 1994.
5911 * Time of day item:: 9:20pm.
5912 * Timezone item:: EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
5913 * Day of week item:: Monday and others.
5914 * Relative item in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
5915 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
5916 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
5917 @end menu
5918
5919
5920 @node General date syntax, Calendar date item, Date input formats, Date input formats
5921 @section General date syntax
5922
5923 @cindex general date syntax
5924
5925 @cindex items in date strings
5926 A @dfn{date} is a string, possibly empty, containing many items
5927 separated by whitespace. The whitespace may be omitted when no
5928 ambiguity arises. The empty string means the beginning of today (i.e.,
5929 midnight). Order of the items is immaterial. A date string may contain
5930 many flavors of items:
5931
5932 @itemize @bullet
5933 @item calendar date items
5934 @item time of the day items
5935 @item time zone items
5936 @item day of the week items
5937 @item relative items
5938 @item pure numbers.
5939 @end itemize
5940
5941 @noindent We describe each of these item types in turn, below.
5942
5943 @cindex numbers, written-out
5944 @cindex ordinal numbers
5945 @findex first @r{in date strings}
5946 @findex next @r{in date strings}
5947 @findex last @r{in date strings}
5948 A few numbers may be written out in words in most contexts. This is
5949 most useful for specifying day of the week items or relative items (see
5950 below). Here is the list: @samp{first} for 1, @samp{next} for 2,
5951 @samp{third} for 3, @samp{fourth} for 4, @samp{fifth} for 5,
5952 @samp{sixth} for 6, @samp{seventh} for 7, @samp{eighth} for 8,
5953 @samp{ninth} for 9, @samp{tenth} for 10, @samp{eleventh} for 11 and
5954 @samp{twelfth} for 12. Also, @samp{last} means exactly @math{-1}.
5955
5956 @cindex months, written-out
5957 When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
5958 numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
5959 allowed strings.
5960
5961 @cindex case, ignored in dates
5962 @cindex comments, in dates
5963 Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates. Comments may be introduced
5964 between round parentheses, as long as included parentheses are properly
5965 nested. Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored. Leading
5966 zeros on numbers are ignored.
5967
5968
5969 @node Calendar date item, Time of day item, General date syntax, Date input formats
5970 @section Calendar date item
5971
5972 @cindex calendar date item
5973
5974 A @dfn{calendar date item} specifies a day of the year. It is
5975 specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
5976 numerically or literally. All these strings specify the same calendar date:
5977
5978 @example
5979 1970-09-17 # ISO 8601.
5980 70-9-17 # This century assumed by default.
5981 70-09-17 # Leading zeros are ignored.
5982 9/17/72 # Common U.S. writing.
5983 24 September 1972
5984 24 Sept 72 # September has a special abbreviation.
5985 24 Sep 72 # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
5986 Sep 24, 1972
5987 24-sep-72
5988 24sep72
5989 @end example
5990
5991 The year can also be omitted. In this case, the last specified year is
5992 used, or the current year if none. For example:
5993
5994 @example
5995 9/17
5996 sep 17
5997 @end example
5998
5999 Here are the rules.
6000
6001 @cindex ISO 8601 date format
6002 @cindex date format, ISO 8601
6003 For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
6004 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
6005 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
6006 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31. A leading zero must be present
6007 if a number is less than ten. If @var{year} is less than 100, then 1900
6008 is added to it to force a date in this century. The construct
6009 @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
6010 is accepted. Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
6011
6012 @cindex month names in date strings
6013 @cindex abbreviations for months
6014 Literal months may be spelled out in full: @samp{January},
6015 @samp{February}, @samp{March}, @samp{April}, @samp{May}, @samp{June},
6016 @samp{July}, @samp{August}, @samp{September}, @samp{October},
6017 @samp{November} or @samp{December}. Literal months may be abbreviated
6018 to their first three letters, possibly followed by an abbreviating dot.
6019 It is also permitted to write @samp{Sept} instead of @samp{September}.
6020
6021 When months are written literally, the calendar date may be given as any
6022 of the following:
6023
6024 @example
6025 @var{day} @var{month} @var{year}
6026 @var{day} @var{month}
6027 @var{month} @var{day} @var{year}
6028 @var{day}-@var{month}-@var{year}
6029 @end example
6030
6031 Or, omitting the year:
6032
6033 @example
6034 @var{month} @var{day}
6035 @end example
6036
6037
6038 @node Time of day item, Timezone item, Calendar date item, Date input formats
6039 @section Time of day item
6040
6041 @cindex time of day item
6042
6043 A @dfn{time of day item} in date strings specifies the time on a given
6044 day. Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
6045
6046 @example
6047 20:02:0
6048 20:02
6049 8:02pm
6050 20:02-0500 # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
6051 @end example
6052
6053 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
6054 @samp{@var{hour}:@var{minute}:@var{second}}, where @var{hour} is
6055 a number between 0 and 23, @var{minute} is a number between 0 and
6056 59, and @var{second} is a number between 0 and 59. Alternatively,
6057 @samp{:@var{second}} can be omitted, in which case it is taken to
6058 be zero.
6059
6060 @findex am @r{in date strings}
6061 @findex pm @r{in date strings}
6062 @findex midnight @r{in date strings}
6063 @findex noon @r{in date strings}
6064 If the time is followed by @samp{am} or @samp{pm} (or @samp{a.m.}
6065 or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
6066 @samp{:@var{minute}} may be omitted (taken to be zero). @samp{am}
6067 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
6068 half of the day. In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
6069 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
6070 (This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
6071 as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
6072 which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
6073
6074 @cindex timezone correction
6075 @cindex minutes, timezone correction by
6076 The time may alternatively be followed by a timezone correction,
6077 expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
6078 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
6079 of zone minutes. When a timezone correction is given this way, it
6080 forces interpretation of the time in UTC, overriding any previous
6081 specification for the timezone or the local timezone. The @var{minute}
6082 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a timezone correction
6083 is used. This is the only way to specify a timezone correction by
6084 fractional parts of an hour.
6085
6086 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a timezone correction may be specified,
6087 but not both.
6088
6089
6090 @node Timezone item, Day of week item, Time of day item, Date input formats
6091 @section Timezone item
6092
6093 @cindex timezone item
6094
6095 A @dfn{timezone item} specifies an international timezone, indicated by
6096 a small set of letters. Any included period is ignored. Military
6097 timezone designations use a single letter. Currently, only integral
6098 zone hours may be represented in a timezone item. See the previous
6099 section for a finer control over the timezone correction.
6100
6101 Here are many non-daylight-savings-time timezones, indexed by the zone
6102 hour value.
6103
6104 @table @asis
6105 @item +000
6106 @cindex Greenwich Mean Time
6107 @cindex Universal Coordinated Time
6108 @cindex Western European Time
6109 @samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean, @samp{UT} or @samp{UTC} for Universal
6110 (Coordinated), @samp{WET} for Western European and @samp{Z} for
6111 militaries.
6112 @item +100
6113 @cindex West African Time
6114 @samp{WAT} for West Africa and
6115 @samp{A} for militaries.
6116 @item +200
6117 @cindex Azores Time
6118 @samp{AT} for Azores and @samp{B} for militaries.
6119 @item +300
6120 @samp{C} for militaries.
6121 @item +400
6122 @cindex Atlantic Standard Time
6123 @samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard and @samp{D} for militaries.
6124 @item +500
6125 @cindex Eastern Standard Time
6126 @samp{E} for militaries and @samp{EST} for Eastern Standard.
6127 @item +600
6128 @cindex Central Standard Time
6129 @samp{CST} for Central Standard and @samp{F} for militaries.
6130 @item +700
6131 @cindex Mountain Standard Time
6132 @samp{G} for militaries and @samp{MST} for Mountain Standard.
6133 @item +800
6134 @cindex Pacific Standard Time
6135 @samp{H} for militaries and @samp{PST} for Pacific Standard.
6136 @item +900
6137 @cindex Yukon Standard Time
6138 @samp{I} for militaries and @samp{YST} for Yukon Standard.
6139 @item +1000
6140 @cindex Alaska-Hawaii Time
6141 @cindex Central Alaska Time
6142 @cindex Hawaii Standard Time
6143 @samp{AHST} for Alaska-Hawaii Standard, @samp{CAT} for Central Alaska,
6144 @samp{HST} for Hawaii Standard and @samp{K} for militaries.
6145 @item +1100
6146 @cindex Nome Standard Time
6147 @samp{L} for militaries and @samp{NT} for Nome.
6148 @item +1200
6149 @cindex International Date Line West
6150 @samp{IDLW} for International Date Line West and @samp{M} for
6151 militaries.
6152 @item -100
6153 @cindex Central European Time
6154 @cindex Middle European Time
6155 @cindex Middle European Winter Time
6156 @cindex French Winter Time
6157 @cindex Swedish Winter Time
6158 @samp{CET} for Central European, @samp{FWT} for French Winter,
6159 @samp{MET} for Middle European, @samp{MEWT} for Middle European
6160 Winter, @samp{N} for militaries and @samp{SWT} for Swedish Winter.
6161 @item -200
6162 @cindex Eastern European Time
6163 @cindex USSR Zone
6164 @samp{EET} for Eastern European, USSR Zone 1 and @samp{O} for militaries.
6165 @item -300
6166 @cindex Baghdad Time
6167 @samp{BT} for Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 and @samp{P} for militaries.
6168 @item -400
6169 @samp{Q} for militaries and @samp{ZP4} for USSR Zone 3.
6170 @item -500
6171 @samp{R} for militaries and @samp{ZP5} for USSR Zone 4.
6172 @item -600
6173 @samp{S} for militaries and @samp{ZP6} for USSR Zone 5.
6174 @item -700
6175 @cindex West Australian Standard Time
6176 @samp{T} for militaries and @samp{WAST} for West Australian Standard.
6177 @item -800
6178 @cindex China Coast Time
6179 @samp{CCT} for China Coast, USSR Zone 7 and @samp{U} for militaries.
6180 @item -900
6181 @cindex Japan Standard Time
6182 @samp{JST} for Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 and @samp{V} for militaries.
6183 @item -1000
6184 @cindex East Australian Standard Time
6185 @cindex Guam Standard Time
6186 @samp{EAST} for East Australian Standard, @samp{GST} for Guam
6187 Standard, USSR Zone 9 and @samp{W} for militaries.
6188 @item -1100
6189 @samp{X} for militaries.
6190 @item -1200
6191 @cindex International Date Line East
6192 @cindex New Zealand Standard Time
6193 @samp{IDLE} for International Date Line East, @samp{NZST} for
6194 New Zealand Standard, @samp{NZT} for New Zealand and @samp{Y} for
6195 militaries.
6196 @end table
6197
6198 @cindex daylight savings time
6199 Here are many DST timezones, indexed by the zone hour value. Also, by
6200 following a non-DST timezone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
6201 (that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST timezone
6202 may be specified.
6203
6204 @table @asis
6205 @item 0
6206 @samp{BST} for British Summer.
6207 @item +400
6208 @samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
6209 @item +500
6210 @samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
6211 @item +600
6212 @samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
6213 @item +700
6214 @samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
6215 @item +800
6216 @samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
6217 @item +900
6218 @samp{YDT} for Yukon Daylight.
6219 @item +1000
6220 @samp{HDT} for Hawaii Daylight.
6221 @item -100
6222 @samp{MEST} for Middle European Summer, @samp{MESZ} for Middle European
6223 Summer, @samp{SST} for Swedish Summer and @samp{FST} for French Summer.
6224 @item -700
6225 @samp{WADT} for West Australian Daylight.
6226 @item -1000
6227 @samp{EADT} for Eastern Australian Daylight.
6228 @item -1200
6229 @samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
6230 @end table
6231
6232
6233 @node Day of week item, Relative item in date strings, Timezone item, Date input formats
6234 @section Day of week item
6235
6236 @cindex day of week item
6237
6238 The explicit mention of a day of the week will forward the date
6239 (only if necessary) to reach that day of the week in the future.
6240
6241 Days of the week may be spelled out in full: @samp{Sunday},
6242 @samp{Monday}, @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednesday}, @samp{Thursday},
6243 @samp{Friday} or @samp{Saturday}. Days may be abbreviated to their
6244 first three letters, optionally followed by a period. The special
6245 abbreviations @samp{Tues} for @samp{Tuesday}, @samp{Wednes} for
6246 @samp{Wednesday} and @samp{Thur} or @samp{Thurs} for @samp{Thursday} are
6247 also allowed.
6248
6249 @findex next @var{day}
6250 @findex last @var{day}
6251 A number may precede a day of the week item to move forward
6252 supplementary weeks. It is best used in expression like @samp{third
6253 monday}. In this context, @samp{last @var{day}} or @samp{next
6254 @var{day}} is also acceptable; they move one week before or after
6255 the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
6256
6257 A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
6258
6259
6260 @node Relative item in date strings, Pure numbers in date strings, Day of week item, Date input formats
6261 @section Relative item in date strings
6262
6263 @cindex relative items in date strings
6264 @cindex displacement of dates
6265
6266 @dfn{Relative items} adjust a date (or the current date if none) forward
6267 or backward. The effects of relative items accumulate. Here are some
6268 examples:
6269
6270 @example
6271 1 year
6272 1 year ago
6273 3 years
6274 2 days
6275 @end example
6276
6277 @findex year @r{in date strings}
6278 @findex month @r{in date strings}
6279 @findex fortnight @r{in date strings}
6280 @findex week @r{in date strings}
6281 @findex day @r{in date strings}
6282 @findex hour @r{in date strings}
6283 @findex minute @r{in date strings}
6284 The unit of time displacement may be selected by the string @samp{year}
6285 or @samp{month} for moving by whole years or months. These are fuzzy
6286 units, as years and months are not all of equal duration. More precise
6287 units are @samp{fortnight} which is worth 14 days, @samp{week} worth 7
6288 days, @samp{day} worth 24 hours, @samp{hour} worth 60 minutes,
6289 @samp{minute} or @samp{min} worth 60 seconds, and @samp{second} or
6290 @samp{sec} worth one second. An @samp{s} suffix on these units is
6291 accepted and ignored.
6292
6293 @findex ago @r{in date strings}
6294 The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
6295 signed number. Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed. No
6296 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier. Following a relative item by
6297 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
6298 multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
6299
6300 @findex day @r{in date strings}
6301 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
6302 @findex yesterday @r{in date strings}
6303 The string @samp{tomorrow} is worth one day in the future (equivalent
6304 to @samp{day}), the string @samp{yesterday} is worth
6305 one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
6306
6307 @findex now @r{in date strings}
6308 @findex today @r{in date strings}
6309 @findex this @r{in date strings}
6310 The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
6311 to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
6312 a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
6313 otherwise change by previous items. They may be used to stress other
6314 items, like in @samp{12:00 today}. The string @samp{this} also has
6315 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
6316 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
6317
6318 When a relative item makes the resulting date to cross the boundary
6319 between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
6320 to the local time.
6321
6322
6323 @node Pure numbers in date strings, Authors of getdate, Relative item in date strings, Date input formats
6324 @section Pure numbers in date strings
6325
6326 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
6327
6328 The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number is dependent of
6329 the context in the date string.
6330
6331 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
6332 other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date item}) appears before it
6333 in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
6334 month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
6335 calendar date.
6336
6337 If the decimal number is of the form @var{hh}@var{mm} and no other time
6338 of day item appears before it in the date string, then @var{hh} is read
6339 as the hour of the day and @var{mm} as the minute of the hour, for the
6340 specified time of the day. @var{mm} can also be omitted.
6341
6342 If both a calendar date and a time of day appear to the left of a number
6343 in the date string, but no relative item, then the number overrides the
6344 year.
6345
6346
6347 @node Authors of getdate, , Pure numbers in date strings, Date input formats
6348 @section Authors of @code{getdate}
6349
6350 @cindex authors of @code{getdate}
6351
6352 @cindex Bellovin, Steven M.
6353 @cindex Salz, Rich
6354 @cindex Berets, Jim
6355 @cindex MacKenzie, David
6356 @cindex Meyering, Jim
6357 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
6358 (@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
6359 at Chapel Hill. The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
6360 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
6361 and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990. Various
6362 revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
6363 and others.
6364
6365 @cindex Pinard, F.
6366 @cindex Berry, K.
6367 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
6368 (@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
6369 and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
6370
6371 @node Formats, Media, Date input formats, Top
6372 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6373
6374 @FIXME{need an intro here}
6375
6376 @menu
6377 * Portability:: Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
6378 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6379 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6380 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6381 * Extensions:: GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
6382 * cpio:: Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
6383 @end menu
6384
6385 @node Portability, Compression, Formats, Formats
6386 @section Making @code{tar} Archives More Portable
6387
6388 Creating a @code{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6389 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @code{tar}
6390 is more challenging than you might think. @code{tar} archive formats
6391 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6392 are around, and are not always comptible with each other. This section
6393 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @code{tar}
6394 archives more portable.
6395
6396 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @code{tar}
6397 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6398 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6399 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6400
6401 @menu
6402 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6403 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6404 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6405 * posix:: POSIX archives
6406 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6407 @end menu
6408
6409 @node Portable Names, dereference, Portability, Portability
6410 @subsection Portable Names
6411
6412 Use @emph{straight} file and directory names, made up of printable
6413 ASCII characters, avoiding colons, slashes, backslashes, spaces, and
6414 other @emph{dangerous} characters. Avoid deep directory nesting.
6415 Accounting for oldish System V machines, limit your file and directory
6416 names to 14 characters or less.
6417
6418 If you intend to have your @code{tar} archives to be read under MSDOS,
6419 you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you might
6420 use the GNU @code{doschk} program for helping you further diagnosing
6421 illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited than System V's.
6422
6423 @node dereference, old, Portable Names, Portability
6424 @subsection Symbolic Links
6425 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6426 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6427
6428 Normally, when @code{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6429 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6430 @code{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6431 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes @code{tar}
6432 to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of the links
6433 themselves. When this option is used, when @code{tar} encounters a
6434 symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file, instead of simply
6435 recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6436
6437 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6438 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6439 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6440 all links were recorded automatically by @code{tar}, an extracted file
6441 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6442 system.
6443
6444 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @code{tar} while creating
6445 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6446 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6447
6448 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6449 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6450 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6451 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6452
6453 @node old, posix, dereference, Portability
6454 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6455 @cindex Format, old style
6456 @cindex Old style format
6457 @cindex Old style archives
6458
6459 Certain old versions of @code{tar} cannot handle additional
6460 information recorded by newer @code{tar} programs. To create an
6461 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6462 versions, specify the @value{op-old-archive} option in
6463 conjunction with the @value{op-create}. @code{tar} also
6464 accepts @samp{--portability} for this option. When you specify it,
6465 @code{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6466 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6467 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6468
6469 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-old-archive}
6470 unless the archive was created with using this option.
6471
6472 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6473 @code{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6474 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @code{tar}s are
6475 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6476 always use @value{op-old-archive} for your distributions.
6477
6478 @node posix, Checksumming, old, Portability
6479 @subsection GNU @code{tar} and POSIX @code{tar}
6480
6481 GNU @code{tar} was based on an early draft of the POSIX 1003.1
6482 @code{ustar} standard. GNU extensions to @code{tar}, such as the
6483 support for file names longer than 100 characters, use portions of the
6484 @code{tar} header record which were specified in that POSIX draft as
6485 unused. Subsequent changes in POSIX have allocated the same parts of
6486 the header record for other purposes. As a result, GNU @code{tar} is
6487 incompatible with the current POSIX spec, and with @code{tar} programs
6488 that follow it.
6489
6490 We plan to reimplement these GNU extensions in a new way which is
6491 upward compatible with the latest POSIX @code{tar} format, but we
6492 don't know when this will be done.
6493
6494 In the mean time, there is simply no telling what might happen if you
6495 read a GNU @code{tar} archive, which uses the GNU extensions, using
6496 some other @code{tar} program. So if you want to read the archive
6497 with another @code{tar} program, be sure to write it using the
6498 @samp{--old-archive} option (@samp{-o}).
6499
6500 @FIXME{is there a way to tell which flavor of tar was used to write a
6501 particular archive before you try to read it?}
6502
6503 Traditionally, old @code{tar}s have a limit of 100 characters. GNU
6504 @code{tar} attempted two different approaches to overcome this limit,
6505 using and extending a format specified by a draft of some P1003.1.
6506 The first way was not that successful, and involved @file{@@MaNgLeD@@}
6507 file names, or such; while a second approach used @file{././@@LongLink}
6508 and other tricks, yielding better success. In theory, GNU @code{tar}
6509 should be able to handle file names of practically unlimited length.
6510 So, if GNU @code{tar} fails to dump and retrieve files having more
6511 than 100 characters, then there is a bug in GNU @code{tar}, indeed.
6512
6513 But, being strictly POSIX, the limit was still 100 characters.
6514 For various other purposes, GNU @code{tar} used areas left unassigned
6515 in the POSIX draft. POSIX later revised P1003.1 @code{ustar} format by
6516 assigning previously unused header fields, in such a way that the upper
6517 limit for file name length was raised to 256 characters. However, the
6518 actual POSIX limit oscillates between 100 and 256, depending on the
6519 precise location of slashes in full file name (this is rather ugly).
6520 Since GNU @code{tar} use the same fields for quite other purposes,
6521 it became incompatible with the latest POSIX standards.
6522
6523 For longer or non-fitting file names, we plan to use yet another set
6524 of GNU extensions, but this time, complying with the provisions POSIX
6525 offers for extending the format, rather than conflicting with it.
6526 Whenever an archive uses old GNU @code{tar} extension format or POSIX
6527 extensions, would it be for very long file names or other specialities,
6528 this archive becomes non-portable to other @code{tar} implementations.
6529 In fact, anything can happen. The most forgiving @code{tar}s will
6530 merely unpack the file using a wrong name, and maybe create another
6531 file named something like @file{@@LongName}, with the true file name
6532 in it. @code{tar}s not protecting themselves may segment violate!
6533
6534 Compatibility concerns make all this thing more difficult, as we
6535 will have to support @emph{all} these things together, for a while.
6536 GNU @code{tar} should be able to produce and read true POSIX format
6537 files, while being able to detect old GNU @code{tar} formats, besides
6538 old V7 format, and process them conveniently. It would take years
6539 before this whole area stabilizes@dots{}
6540
6541 There are plans to raise this 100 limit to 256, and yet produce POSIX
6542 conformant archives. Past 256, I do not know yet if GNU @code{tar}
6543 will go non-POSIX again, or merely refuse to archive the file.
6544
6545 There are plans so GNU @code{tar} support more fully the latest POSIX
6546 format, while being able to read old V7 format, GNU (semi-POSIX plus
6547 extension), as well as full POSIX. One may ask if there is part of
6548 the POSIX format that we still cannot support. This simple question
6549 has a complex answer. Maybe that, on intimate look, some strong
6550 limitations will pop up, but until now, nothing sounds too difficult
6551 (but see below). I only have these few pages of POSIX telling about
6552 `Extended tar Format' (P1003.1-1990 -- section 10.1.1), and there are
6553 references to other parts of the standard I do not have, which should
6554 normally enforce limitations on stored file names (I suspect things
6555 like fixing what @kbd{/} and @kbd{@key{NUL}} means). There are also
6556 some points which the standard does not make clear, Existing practice
6557 will then drive what I should do.
6558
6559 POSIX mandates that, when a file name cannot fit within 100 to
6560 256 characters (the variance comes from the fact a @kbd{/} is
6561 ideally needed as the 156'th character), or a link name cannot
6562 fit within 100 characters, a warning should be issued and the file
6563 @emph{not} be stored. Unless some @value{op-posix} option is given
6564 (or @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set), I suspect that GNU @code{tar}
6565 should disobey this specification, and automatically switch to using
6566 GNU extensions to overcome file name or link name length limitations.
6567
6568 There is a problem, however, which I did not intimately studied yet.
6569 Given a truly POSIX archive with names having more than 100 characters,
6570 I guess that GNU @code{tar} up to 1.11.8 will process it as if it were an
6571 old V7 archive, and be fooled by some fields which are coded differently.
6572 So, the question is to decide if the next generation of GNU @code{tar}
6573 should produce POSIX format by default, whenever possible, producing
6574 archives older versions of GNU @code{tar} might not be able to read
6575 correctly. I fear that we will have to suffer such a choice one of these
6576 days, if we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX. We can rush it.
6577 Another possibility is to produce the current GNU @code{tar} format
6578 by default for a few years, but have GNU @code{tar} versions from some
6579 1.@var{POSIX} and up able to recognize all three formats, and let older
6580 GNU @code{tar} fade out slowly. Then, we could switch to producing POSIX
6581 format by default, with not much harm to those still having (very old at
6582 that time) GNU @code{tar} versions prior to 1.@var{POSIX}.
6583
6584 POSIX format cannot represent very long names, volume headers,
6585 splitting of files in multi-volumes, sparse files, and incremental
6586 dumps; these would be all disallowed if @value{op-posix} or
6587 @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT}. Otherwise, if @code{tar} is given long
6588 names, or @samp{-[VMSgG]}, then it should automatically go non-POSIX.
6589 I think this is easily granted without much discussion.
6590
6591 Another point is that only @code{mtime} is stored in POSIX
6592 archives, while GNU @code{tar} currently also store @code{atime}
6593 and @code{ctime}. If we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX,
6594 my choice would be to drop @code{atime} and @code{ctime} support on
6595 average. On the other hand, I perceive that full dumps or incremental
6596 dumps need @code{atime} and @code{ctime} support, so for those special
6597 applications, POSIX has to be avoided altogether.
6598
6599 A few users requested that @value{op-sparse} be always active by
6600 default, I think that before replying to them, we have to decide
6601 if we want GNU @code{tar} to go closer to POSIX on average, while
6602 producing files. My choice would be to go closer to POSIX in the
6603 long run. Besides possible double reading, I do not see any point
6604 of not trying to save files as sparse when creating archives which
6605 are neither POSIX nor old-V7, so the actual @value{op-sparse} would
6606 become selected by default when producing such archives, whatever
6607 the reason is. So, @value{op-sparse} alone might be redefined to force
6608 GNU-format archives, and recover its previous meaning from this fact.
6609
6610 GNU-format as it exists now can easily fool other POSIX @code{tar},
6611 as it uses fields which POSIX considers to be part of the file name
6612 prefix. I wonder if it would not be a good idea, in the long run,
6613 to try changing GNU-format so any added field (like @code{ctime},
6614 @code{atime}, file offset in subsequent volumes, or sparse file
6615 descriptions) be wholly and always pushed into an extension block,
6616 instead of using space in the POSIX header block. I could manage
6617 to do that portably between future GNU @code{tar}s. So other POSIX
6618 @code{tar}s might be at least able to provide kind of correct listings
6619 for the archives produced by GNU @code{tar}, if not able to process
6620 them otherwise.
6621
6622 Using these projected extensions might induce older @code{tar}s to fail.
6623 We would use the same approach as for POSIX. I'll put out a @code{tar}
6624 capable of reading POSIXier, yet extended archives, but will not produce
6625 this format by default, in GNU mode. In a few years, when newer GNU
6626 @code{tar}s will have flooded out @code{tar} 1.11.X and previous, we
6627 could switch to producing POSIXier extended archives, with no real harm
6628 to users, as almost all existing GNU @code{tar}s will be ready to read
6629 POSIXier format. In fact, I'll do both changes at the same time, in a
6630 few years, and just prepare @code{tar} for both changes, without effecting
6631 them, from 1.@var{POSIX}. (Both changes: 1---using POSIX convention for
6632 getting over 100 characters; 2---avoiding mangling POSIX headers for GNU
6633 extensions, using only POSIX mandated extension techniques).
6634
6635 So, a future @code{tar} will have a @value{op-posix}
6636 flag forcing the usage of truly POSIX headers, and so, producing
6637 archives previous GNU @code{tar} will not be able to read.
6638 So, @emph{once} pretest will announce that feature, it would be
6639 particularly useful that users test how exchangeable will be archives
6640 between GNU @code{tar} with @value{op-posix} and other POSIX @code{tar}.
6641
6642 In a few years, when GNU @code{tar} will produce POSIX headers by
6643 default, @value{op-posix} will have a strong meaning and will disallow
6644 GNU extensions. But in the meantime, for a long while, @value{op-posix}
6645 in GNU tar will not disallow GNU extensions like @value{op-label},
6646 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or very long file or link names.
6647 However, @value{op-posix} with GNU extensions will use POSIX
6648 headers with reserved-for-users extensions to headers, and I will be
6649 curious to know how well or bad POSIX @code{tar}s will react to these.
6650
6651 GNU @code{tar} prior to 1.@var{POSIX}, and after 1.@var{POSIX} without
6652 @value{op-posix}, generates and checks @samp{ustar@w{ }@w{ }}, with two
6653 suffixed spaces. This is sufficient for older GNU @code{tar} not to
6654 recognize POSIX archives, and consequently, wrongly decide those archives
6655 are in old V7 format. It is a useful bug for me, because GNU @code{tar}
6656 has other POSIX incompatibilities, and I need to segregate GNU @code{tar}
6657 semi-POSIX archives from truly POSIX archives, for GNU @code{tar} should
6658 be somewhat compatible with itself, while migrating closer to latest
6659 POSIX standards. So, I'll be very careful about how and when I will do
6660 the correction.
6661
6662 @node Checksumming, , posix, Portability
6663 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6664
6665 SunOS and HP-UX @code{tar} fail to accept archives created using GNU
6666 @code{tar} and containing non-ASCII file names, that is, file names
6667 having characters with the eight bit set, because they use signed
6668 checksums, while GNU @code{tar} uses unsigned checksums while creating
6669 archives, as per POSIX standards. On reading, GNU @code{tar} computes
6670 both checksums and accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of
6671 people may go around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at
6672 least non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time
6673 to restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor,
6674 or vice versa.
6675
6676 GNU @code{tar} compute checksums both ways, and accept any on read,
6677 so GNU tar can read Sun tapes even with their wrong checksums.
6678 GNU @code{tar} produces the standard checksum, however, raising
6679 incompatibilities with Sun. That is to say, GNU @code{tar} has not
6680 been modified to @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy
6681 @code{tar}'s. I've been told that more recent Sun @code{tar} now
6682 read standard archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6683
6684 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @code{tar}
6685 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6686 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6687 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6688 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6689 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6690 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6691 has chosen that their @code{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6692 The current standards do not favor Sun @code{tar} format. In any
6693 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6694 a @code{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6695
6696 @node Compression, Attributes, Portability, Formats
6697 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6698
6699 @menu
6700 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6701 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6702 @end menu
6703
6704 @node gzip, sparse, Compression, Compression
6705 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6706 @cindex Compressed archives
6707 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6708 @UNREVISED
6709
6710 @table @kbd
6711 @item -z
6712 @itemx --gzip
6713 @itemx --ungzip
6714 Filter the archive through @code{gzip}.
6715 @end table
6716
6717 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
6718 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
6719 archive: @FIXME{???}. Compressed archives cannot be modified.
6720
6721 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
6722 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6723 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6724 of the @code{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6725 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6726 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @code{gzip}
6727 explicitly. (Or set the @samp{GZIP} environment variable.)
6728
6729 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
6730 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
6731 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
6732
6733 It is not exact to say that GNU @code{tar} is to work in concert
6734 with @code{gzip} in a way similar to @code{zip}, say. Surely, it is
6735 possible that @code{tar} and @code{gzip} be done with a single call,
6736 like in:
6737
6738 @example
6739 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6740 @end example
6741
6742 @noindent
6743 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
6744 can do:
6745
6746 @example
6747 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
6748 @end example
6749
6750 @noindent
6751 to explode and unpack.
6752
6753 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
6754 @code{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @code{tar}'s
6755 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
6756 contents of a @code{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
6757 for the @code{tar} and @code{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
6758 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
6759 disk space, by using pipes internally:
6760
6761 @example
6762 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
6763 @end example
6764
6765 @cindex corrupted archives
6766 About corrupted compressed archives: @code{gzip}'ed files have no
6767 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6768 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6769 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6770 construction of the compression tables becomes unsychronized, and there
6771 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6772
6773 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6774 compression in GNU @code{tar}. This would allow for viewing the
6775 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6776 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6777 loose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6778 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6779
6780 @table @kbd
6781 @item -y
6782 @itemx --bzip2
6783 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6784
6785 @item -Z
6786 @itemx --compress
6787 @itemx --uncompress
6788 Filter the archive through @code{compress}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6789
6790 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6791 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
6792 @end table
6793
6794 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
6795 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
6796 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
6797 @code{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
6798 reading the archive.
6799
6800 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @code{tar}
6801 runs the @code{compress} utility. @code{tar} uses the default
6802 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
6803 @value{op-compress} option and run the @code{compress} utility
6804 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @code{compress}
6805 utility from within @code{tar} because the @code{compress} utility by
6806 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
6807
6808 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
6809 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
6810 @value{op-append} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
6811 more information on these operations.
6812
6813 If there is no compress utility available, @code{tar} will report an error.
6814 @strong{Please note} that the @code{compress} program may be covered by
6815 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
6816
6817 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
6818 the @code{bzip2} utility.
6819
6820 @table @kbd
6821 @item --compress
6822 @itemx --uncompress
6823 @itemx -z
6824 @itemx -Z
6825 When this option is specified, @code{tar} will compress (when writing
6826 an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
6827 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} and
6828 @value{op-compare} operations.
6829 @end table
6830
6831 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
6832 This will arrange for @code{tar} to use the @code{gzip} program to be
6833 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
6834
6835 To use the older, obsolete, @code{compress} program, use the
6836 @value{op-compress} option. The GNU Project recommends you not use
6837 @code{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6838 uses. You could be sued for patent infringment merely by running
6839 @code{compress}.
6840
6841 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6842 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like the
6843 output to be fed through a program like GNU @code{ecc} (actually, right
6844 now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like to use :-)), basically adding
6845 ECC protection on top of compression. It seems as if this should be
6846 quite easy to do, but I can't work out exactly how to go about it.
6847 Of course, I can pipe the standard output of @code{tar} through
6848 @code{ecc}, but then I lose (though I haven't started using it yet,
6849 I confess) the ability to have @code{tar} use @code{rmt} for it's I/O
6850 (I think).
6851
6852 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6853 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6854 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6855 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6856 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6857
6858 By the way, I like @code{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6859 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6860 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6861 get it (apparantly) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6862 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6863
6864 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6865 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6866 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6867 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
6868 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6869
6870 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6871 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6872 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6873 end up with less space on the tape.
6874
6875 @node sparse, , gzip, Compression
6876 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6877 @cindex Sparse Files
6878 @UNREVISED
6879
6880 @table @kbd
6881 @item -S
6882 @itemx --sparse
6883 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6884 @end table
6885
6886 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6887 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6888 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6889 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6890 space needed to store such a file.
6891
6892 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6893 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6894 GNU options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6895 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6896
6897 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6898 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6899 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6900 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6901 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @code{tar}
6902 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @code{tar}
6903 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6904 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6905 disk space than would be expected from its length, @code{tar} searches
6906 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6907 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6908 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6909 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6910 hols created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6911 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @code{tar} archives won't take
6912 more space than the original.
6913
6914 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6915 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6916 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6917 operation, @code{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6918 If @code{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6919 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6920 about creating archives.
6921
6922 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6923 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6924 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6925
6926 @quotation
6927 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6928 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6929 sparsely in the system.
6930
6931 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6932 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6933 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6934 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6935 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6936 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6937 @end quotation
6938
6939 @code{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6940
6941 @table @kbd
6942 @item --sparse
6943 @itemx -S
6944 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6945 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6946 @end table
6947
6948 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time, GNU
6949 @code{tar} still has to read whole disk file to locate the @dfn{holes}, and
6950 so, even if sparse files use little space on disk and in the archive, they
6951 may sometimes require inordinate amount of time for reading and examining
6952 all-zero blocks of a file. Although it works, it's painfully slow for a
6953 large (sparse) file, even though the resulting tar archive may be small.
6954 (One user reports that dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes,
6955 but with only about 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on
6956 a Sun Sparstation ELC, with full CPU utilisation.)
6957
6958 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6959 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6960 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6961 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6962 an archive, the current @code{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6963 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6964 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6965
6966 Programs like @code{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by examining
6967 the file system directly, they can determine in advance exactly where the
6968 holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The only data it need read
6969 are the actual allocated data blocks. GNU @code{tar} uses a more portable
6970 and straightforward archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that
6971 it does otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals},
6972 on 1990-12-10:
6973
6974 @quotation
6975 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6976 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6977 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6978 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6979 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6980 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6981
6982 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6983 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6984 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6985 get it right.
6986 @end quotation
6987
6988 @node Attributes, Standard, Compression, Formats
6989 @section Handling File Attributes
6990 @UNREVISED
6991
6992 When @code{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access times
6993 updated. To have @code{tar} attempt to set the access times back to
6994 what they were before they were read, use the @value{op-atime-preserve}
6995 option. This doesn't work for files that you don't own, unless
6996 you're root, and it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
6997 (@pxref{Backups}), but it is good enough for some purposes.
6998
6999 Handling of file attributes
7000
7001 @table @kbd
7002 @item --atime-preserve
7003 Do not change access times on dumped files.
7004
7005 @item -m
7006 @itemx --touch
7007 Do not extract file modified time.
7008
7009 When this option is used, @code{tar} leaves the modification times
7010 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7011 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7012
7013 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7014
7015 @item --same-owner
7016 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7017 archive.
7018
7019 When using super-user at extraction time, ownership is always restored.
7020 So, this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @code{tar}
7021 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7022 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7023 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7024 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7025 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7026
7027 When writing an archive, @code{tar} writes the user id and user name
7028 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7029 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7030 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions}
7031 (@FIXME{same-owner?}), it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7032 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7033 stored in the archive instead.
7034
7035 @item --numeric-owner
7036 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7037 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7038 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7039 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7040 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7041
7042 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7043 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7044 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7045 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7046 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7047 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7048 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7049 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7050
7051 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @code{tar} archives.
7052 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7053 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7054 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7055 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7056 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7057
7058 When making a @code{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7059 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7060 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7061 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7062 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7063 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7064 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7065 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7066 @code{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning everything
7067 out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to GNU @code{tar} for
7068 fine tuning permissions and ownership. This is not the good way,
7069 I think. GNU @code{tar} is already crowded with options and moreover,
7070 the approach just explained gives you a great deal of control already.
7071
7072 @item -p
7073 @itemx --same-permissions
7074 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7075 Extract all protection information.
7076
7077 This option causes @code{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7078 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7079 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7080 on extracted files.
7081
7082 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7083
7084 @item --preserve
7085 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7086
7087 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7088 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7089
7090 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7091
7092 @end table
7093
7094 @node Standard, Extensions, Attributes, Formats
7095 @section The Standard Format
7096 @UNREVISED
7097
7098 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7099 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7100 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7101 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7102 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7103 manipulate without using the @code{tar} utility or Tar mode in GNU
7104 Emacs.
7105
7106 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7107 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of 512 zero bytes. A file
7108 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7109 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7110 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7111 information which @code{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7112 information about file types.
7113
7114 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7115 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7116 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7117 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update},
7118 and to learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7119 same name, see @FIXME-xref{-backup node, when it's written}.
7120
7121 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7122 contain entries which @code{tar} itself uses to store information.
7123 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7124
7125 A @code{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7126 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7127 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7128
7129 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7130 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7131 of the file. At the end of the archive file there may be a block
7132 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7133 should write a block of zeros at the end, but must not assume that
7134 such a block exists when reading an archive.
7135
7136 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7137 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7138 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @code{tar}) is written with a single
7139 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7140 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7141 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7142 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7143 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7144 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7145 records after a zero block.
7146
7147 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the GNU @code{tar}
7148 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7149
7150 @example
7151 @include header.texi
7152 @end example
7153
7154 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7155 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7156 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7157 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7158 contiguously.
7159
7160 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7161 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7162 to represent characters in any character set. The @code{tar} format
7163 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7164 of file contents is performed.
7165
7166 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7167 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fileds
7168 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7169 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 2 digits, a space, and a null, except
7170 @code{size}, and @code{mtime}, which do not contain the trailing null.
7171
7172 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7173 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7174
7175 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7176
7177 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7178 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7179 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7180 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7181 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7182 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7183 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7184 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7185 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g. the
7186 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7187
7188 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7189 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7190 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7191
7192 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7193 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers}, in
7194 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.
7195
7196 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7197 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7198 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7199 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7200
7201 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7202 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7203 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7204 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7205 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7206 if it were all blanks.
7207
7208 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7209 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7210 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7211 action occurs, @code{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7212
7213 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7214 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7215 and last inode-change time.
7216
7217 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7218 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7219 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7220 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7221 continued at.
7222
7223 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7224 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7225 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7226 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7227 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7228 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7229 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @code{tar} uses to
7230 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7231 differently from non-sparse files.
7232
7233 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7234 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7235 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7236 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7237 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7238 to have @code{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7239 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7240 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7241 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7242 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7243 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7244 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7245 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7246 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7247 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7248 used to handle a sparse file:
7249
7250 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7251 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7252 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7253 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7254 array element.
7255
7256 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7257 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7258
7259 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7260 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7261 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7262 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7263 alloted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7264 an extended_header is needed.
7265
7266 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7267 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7268 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7269 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7270
7271 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7272 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7273 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7274 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7275
7276 @table @asis
7277
7278 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7279 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7280 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7281 with older versions of @code{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7282 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7283 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7284 backward compatibility, @code{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7285 ends with a slash as a directory.
7286
7287 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7288 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7289 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7290 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7291 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7292
7293 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7294 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7295 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7296
7297 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7298 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7299 These represent character special files and block special files
7300 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7301 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7302 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7303 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7304
7305 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7306 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7307 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7308 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7309 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7310 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7311 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7312 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7313 @code{size} field.
7314
7315 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7316 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7317 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7318
7319 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7320 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7321 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7322 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7323 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7324 type as a normal file.
7325
7326 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7327 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7328 used in the GNU modified format, as described below.
7329
7330 @end table
7331
7332 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7333 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @code{tar} program.
7334
7335 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7336 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7337 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7338 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7339 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7340 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7341
7342 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7343 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7344 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7345 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7346
7347 @node Extensions, cpio, Standard, Formats
7348 @section GNU Extensions to the Archive Format
7349 @UNREVISED
7350
7351 The GNU format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7352 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7353
7354 @table @code
7355 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7356 @itemx 'D'
7357 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7358 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7359 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7360 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7361 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7362 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7363 last file name.
7364
7365 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7366 @itemx 'M'
7367 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7368 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7369 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7370 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7371 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7372 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7373 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7374 the original size of the file.
7375
7376 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7377 @itemx 'S'
7378 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7379 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7380 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7381 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7382
7383 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7384 @itemx 'V'
7385 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7386 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7387 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7388 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7389 of an archive should have this type.
7390
7391 @end table
7392
7393 You may have trouble reading a GNU format archive on a non-GNU
7394 system if the options @value{op-incremental}, @value{op-multi-volume},
7395 @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were used when writing the archive.
7396 In general, if @code{tar} does not use the GNU-added fields of the
7397 header, other versions of @code{tar} should be able to read the
7398 archive. Otherwise, the @code{tar} program will give an error, the
7399 most likely one being a checksum error.
7400
7401 @node cpio, , Extensions, Formats
7402 @section Comparison of @code{tar} and @code{cpio}
7403 @UNREVISED
7404
7405 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7406
7407 The @code{cpio} archive formats, like @code{tar}, do have maximum
7408 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7409 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7410 path length of 1024. GNU @code{cpio} can read and write archives
7411 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @code{cpio} implementations
7412 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7413
7414 @code{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7415 @code{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7416 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7417 to their system without enhancing @code{cpio} to know about them.
7418 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7419 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7420 present in the @code{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7421 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7422
7423 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @code{tar}; basically, its @code{cpio}
7424 can handle @code{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7425 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7426 anything to enhance @code{tar} as a result.)
7427
7428 @code{cpio} handles special files; traditional @code{tar} doesn't.
7429
7430 @code{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7431 @code{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7432 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7433
7434 @code{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7435 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7436 @code{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7437 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7438 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7439 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7440 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7441 @code{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7442 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7443 make hard links between them.
7444
7445 @code{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7446 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7447 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @code{cpio}s
7448 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7449 of the names.
7450
7451 @quotation
7452 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7453 @end quotation
7454
7455 See the attached manual pages for @code{tar} and @code{cpio} format.
7456 @code{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7457 @code{tar} header for a file; @code{cpio} uses no checksum.
7458
7459 @quotation
7460 If anyone knows why @code{cpio} was made when @code{tar} was present
7461 at the unix scene,
7462 @end quotation
7463
7464 It wasn't. @code{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7465 generally-available version of UNIX had @code{tar} at the time. I don't
7466 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7467 had @code{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7468 @code{cpio} knew about it.
7469
7470 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @code{tar} will stop at
7471 that point, while @code{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7472 rest of the files.
7473
7474 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7475
7476 @code{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7477 to start on a record boundary.
7478
7479 @quotation
7480 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7481 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7482 crashed archives at all.)
7483 @end quotation
7484
7485 Theoretically it should be easier under @code{tar} since the blocking
7486 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7487 However, modern @code{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7488 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7489 of re-syncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7490 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7491 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7492 archive.
7493
7494 @quotation
7495 If anyone knows why @code{cpio} was made when @code{tar} was present
7496 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7497 @end quotation
7498
7499 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7500 and using only the space needed for the headers where @code{tar}
7501 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7502 special files.
7503
7504 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The major
7505 ones are @code{afio}, GNU @code{tar}, and @code{pax}, each of which
7506 have their own extensions with some backwards compatibility.
7507
7508 Sparse files were @code{tar}red as sparse files (which you can easily
7509 test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and GNU @code{cpio}
7510 can no longer read it).
7511
7512 @node Media, Index, Formats, Top
7513 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7514 @UNREVISED
7515
7516 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7517 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7518
7519 Many complexities surround the use of @code{tar} on tape drives. Since
7520 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7521 the original purpose of @code{tar}, it contains many features making
7522 such manipulation easier.
7523
7524 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7525 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7526
7527 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7528 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7529 holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch. The
7530 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7531
7532 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7533 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7534 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7535 should be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7536 tape cartridges should be disgarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7537 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7538
7539 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7540 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7541 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7542 not a good idea.
7543
7544 @menu
7545 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7546 * Remote Tape Server::
7547 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7548 * Blocking:: Blocking
7549 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7550 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7551 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7552 * verify::
7553 * Write Protection::
7554 @end menu
7555
7556 @node Device, Remote Tape Server, Media, Media
7557 @section Device Selection and Switching
7558 @UNREVISED
7559
7560 @table @kbd
7561 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7562 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7563 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7564 @end table
7565
7566 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @code{tar}
7567 works on.
7568
7569 If the file name is @samp{-}, @code{tar} reads the archive from standard
7570 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7571 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7572 archive, @code{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7573 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7574
7575 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7576 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7577 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7578 either case, @code{tar} will invoke the command @code{rsh} (or
7579 @code{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7580 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @code{rsh}.
7581 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7582 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7583 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @code{tar};
7584 it's compiled and installed by default.
7585
7586 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @code{TAPE} is
7587 set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @code{tar} used a default
7588 archive name (which was picked when @code{tar} was compiled). The
7589 default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape drive or other
7590 transportable I/O medium on the system.
7591
7592 Starting with version 1.11.5, GNU @code{tar} uses standard input and
7593 standard output as the default device, and I will not try anymore
7594 supporting automatic device detection at installation time. This was
7595 failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless. This is now
7596 completely left to the installer to override standard input and standard
7597 output for default device, if this seems preferrable to him/her.
7598 Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of @code{tar} are done with
7599 pipes or disks, not really tapes, cartridges or diskettes.
7600
7601 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7602 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7603 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7604 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7605 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7606 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7607 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7608 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7609 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7610 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7611 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7612 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7613
7614 GNU @code{tar} reads and writes archive in records, I suspect this is the
7615 main reason why block devices are preferred over character devices.
7616 Most probably, block devices are more efficient too. The installer
7617 could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7618
7619 @table @kbd
7620 @item --force-local
7621 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7622
7623 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7624 Use remote @var{command} instead of @code{rsh}. This option exists
7625 so that people who use something other than the standard @code{rsh}
7626 (e.g., a Kerberized @code{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7627
7628 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7629 the @code{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7630 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7631 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7632 The installer may have overriden this by defining the environment
7633 variable @code{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7634
7635 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7636 Specify drive and density.
7637
7638 @item -M
7639 @itemx --multi-volume
7640 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7641
7642 This option causes @code{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7643 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7644 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7645
7646 @item -L @var{num}
7647 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7648 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7649
7650 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7651 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7652 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7653
7654 @item -F @var{file}
7655 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7656 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7657 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
7658 @value{op-multi-volume}.
7659 @end table
7660
7661 @node Remote Tape Server, Common Problems and Solutions, Device, Media
7662 @section The Remote Tape Server
7663
7664 @cindex remote tape drive
7665 @pindex rmt
7666 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @code{tar}
7667 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7668 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
7669 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @code{tar} calls
7670 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @code{rsh} or @code{remsh} to the remote
7671 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
7672
7673 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7674 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7675 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
7676 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
7677
7678 @cindex absolute file names
7679 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, GNU @code{tar} will
7680 not allow you to create an archive that contains absolute file names
7681 (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try, @code{tar} will
7682 automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the file names it
7683 stores in the archive. It will also type a warning message telling
7684 you what it is doing.
7685
7686 When reading an archive that was created with a different @code{tar}
7687 program, GNU @code{tar} automatically extracts entries in the archive
7688 which have absolute file names as if the file names were not absolute.
7689 This is an important feature. A visitor here once gave a
7690 @code{tar} tape to an operator to restore; the operator used Sun @code{tar}
7691 instead of GNU @code{tar}, and the result was that it replaced large
7692 portions of our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape;
7693 needless to say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system
7694 from backup tapes.
7695
7696 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7697 GNU @code{tar} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7698 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7699 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7700 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7701 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7702 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7703
7704 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7705 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is know to have this problem),
7706 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7707 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7708 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7709 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7710
7711 In order to update an archive, @code{tar} must be able to backspace the
7712 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7713 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7714 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7715 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7716 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7717
7718 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7719 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7720 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7721 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7722 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7723
7724 Some other media can be backspaced, and @code{tar} will work on them
7725 once @code{tar} is modified to do so.
7726
7727 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7728 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7729 of @code{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7730 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @code{dd}, if
7731 it can be done at all. Other versions of @code{tar} may also create
7732 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7733 of @code{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7734 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7735
7736 @node Common Problems and Solutions, Blocking, Remote Tape Server, Media
7737 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7738
7739 @ifclear PUBLISH
7740
7741 @format
7742 errors from system:
7743 permission denied
7744 no such file or directory
7745 not owner
7746
7747 errors from @code{tar}:
7748 directory checksum error
7749 header format error
7750
7751 errors from media/system:
7752 i/o error
7753 device busy
7754 @end format
7755
7756 @end ifclear
7757
7758 @node Blocking, Many, Common Problems and Solutions, Media
7759 @section Blocking
7760 @UNREVISED
7761
7762 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7763 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7764 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7765 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7766 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7767
7768 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @code{tar} from which
7769 GNU @code{tar} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7770
7771 @quotation
7772 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7773 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7774 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7775 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7776 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7777 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7778 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7779 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7780 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7781 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7782
7783 The Unix man page on @code{tar} was totally confused about this.
7784 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7785 (@code{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7786 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into POSIX (no surprise
7787 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7788 into the source code too.
7789 @end quotation
7790
7791 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7792 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7793 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7794 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7795 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7796 physical blocks, but @code{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7797 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @code{tar} block is always
7798 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @code{tar} block.
7799 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7800 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7801 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7802 in GNU @code{tar}.
7803
7804 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7805 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7806 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7807 @emph{assuming} that the @code{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7808 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7809 but nevertheless, @code{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7810 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7811 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7812 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7813 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7814 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7815 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7816 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7817 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7818 to what we call a @dfn{record} in GNU @code{tar}.
7819
7820 When writing to tapes, @code{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7821 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7822 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7823 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @code{tar} block is
7824 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7825 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7826 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7827 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7828
7829 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7830 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7831 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7832 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7833 honor blocking.
7834
7835 When reading an archive, @code{tar} can usually figure out the record
7836 size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard record size
7837 was used when the archive was created, @code{tar} will print a message
7838 about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate normally. On
7839 some tape devices, however, @code{tar} cannot figure out the record size
7840 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
7841 @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor, and then use
7842 the @value{op-read-full-records} option. (If you specify a blocking factor
7843 with @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7844 option, then @code{tar} will not attempt to figure out the recording size
7845 itself.) On some devices, you must always specify the record size
7846 exactly with @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @code{tar} cannot
7847 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7848 extractions to see whether @code{tar} is reading the archive correctly.
7849
7850 @code{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7851 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7852 more) into each record. @code{tar} records are all the same size;
7853 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7854 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7855
7856 In a standard @code{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7857 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7858 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7859 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7860 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7861 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7862 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7863 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7864 around one megabyte.
7865
7866 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @code{tar} programs
7867 might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this as a limit
7868 to use in practice. GNU @code{tar}, however, will support arbitrarily
7869 large record sizes, limited only by the amount of virtual memory or the
7870 physical characteristics of the tape device.
7871
7872 @menu
7873 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7874 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7875 @end menu
7876
7877 @node Format Variations, Blocking Factor, Blocking, Blocking
7878 @subsection Format Variations
7879 @cindex Format Parameters
7880 @cindex Format Options
7881 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7882 @cindex Options, format specifying
7883 @UNREVISED
7884
7885 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7886 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7887 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7888 store the archive.
7889
7890 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7891 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7892 If you do not specify any format parameters, @code{tar} uses
7893 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7894 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7895 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7896 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7897 examples of format parameter considerations.
7898
7899 @node Blocking Factor, , Format Variations, Blocking
7900 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7901 @cindex Blocking Factor
7902 @cindex Record Size
7903 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7904 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7905 @cindex Bytes per record
7906 @cindex Blocks per record
7907 @UNREVISED
7908
7909 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7910 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7911 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7912 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7913 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7914 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7915 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7916 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7917 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7918
7919 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7920 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7921 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7922 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7923 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7924 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7925 hand, may be usefull when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7926 of nulls as @code{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7927 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7928 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7929 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7930 writing archives.
7931
7932 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7933
7934 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7935 by very old versions of @code{tar}, or by some newer versions
7936 of @code{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7937 With GNU @code{tar}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7938 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7939 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7940
7941 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7942 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7943 example, this has been reported:
7944
7945 @example
7946 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7947 @end example
7948
7949 @noindent
7950 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @code{tar} bundled by the
7951 system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while GNU @code{tar} requires
7952 an explicit specification for the block size, which it cannot guess.
7953 This yields some people to consider GNU @code{tar} is misbehaving, because
7954 by comparison, @cite{the bundle @code{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b
7955 256}}, for example, might resolve the problem.
7956
7957 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7958 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7959 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7960 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7961 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@code{tar}
7962 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7963 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7964 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7965 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7966 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7967 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7968 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7969 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7970
7971 @table @kbd
7972 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
7973 @itemx -b @var{number}
7974 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
7975 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
7976 @end table
7977
7978 Device blocking
7979
7980 @table @kbd
7981 @item -b @var{blocks}
7982 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
7983 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
7984
7985 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
7986 When reading or writing the archive, @code{tar}, will do reads and writes
7987 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
7988 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
7989 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @code{tar}
7990 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
7991
7992 The default blocking factor is set when @code{tar} is compiled, and is
7993 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
7994 old versions of @code{tar}, or by some newer versions of @code{tar}
7995 running on old machines with small address spaces.
7996
7997 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
7998 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
7999 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8000 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8001 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8002
8003 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8004 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8005 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8006 updating the archive.
8007
8008 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8009 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8010 seems to dissapper. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8011 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8012
8013 With GNU @code{tar} the blocking factor is limited only by the maximum
8014 record size of the device containing the archive, or by the amount of
8015 available virtual memory.
8016
8017 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8018 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8019 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8020 @itemize @bullet
8021 @item
8022 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8023 @item
8024 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8025 redirected nor piped,
8026 @item
8027 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8028 device,
8029 @item
8030 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitely specified on the @code{tar}
8031 invocation.
8032 @end itemize
8033
8034 In previous versions of GNU @code{tar}, the @samp{--compress-block}
8035 option (or even older: @samp{--block-compress}) was necessary to
8036 reblock compressed archives. It is now a dummy option just asking
8037 not to be used, and otherwise ignored. If the output goes directly
8038 to a local disk, and not through stdout, then the last write is
8039 not extended to a full record size. Otherwise, reblocking occurs.
8040 Here are a few other remarks on this topic:
8041
8042 @itemize @bullet
8043
8044 @item
8045 @code{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8046 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8047 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8048 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8049 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8050 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8051
8052 @item
8053 @code{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8054 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8055 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8056 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8057 ignored.
8058
8059 @item
8060 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8061 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8062 @code{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8063 that, as it weakens the protection @code{tar} offers users against
8064 other possible problems at decompression time. If @code{gzip} was
8065 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8066 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8067
8068 @item
8069 @code{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8070 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8071 @code{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8072 @end itemize
8073
8074 @item -i
8075 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8076 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8077
8078 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @code{tar} to ignore blocks
8079 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8080 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8081 was created by @code{cat}-ing several archives together, this option
8082 allows @code{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8083 by default because many versions of @code{tar} write garbage after
8084 the zeroed blocks.
8085
8086 Note that this option causes @code{tar} to read to the end of the
8087 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8088 are stored on a single physical tape.
8089
8090 @item -B
8091 @itemx --read-full-records
8092 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8093
8094 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @code{tar} will not panic if an
8095 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8096 Instead, @code{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8097 record.
8098
8099 This option is turned on by default when @code{tar} is reading
8100 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8101 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8102 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @code{tar}
8103 requested. If this option was not used, @code{tar} would fail as
8104 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8105
8106 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8107
8108 @end table
8109
8110 Tape blocking
8111
8112 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8113
8114 @cindex blocking factor
8115 @cindex tape blocking
8116
8117 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8118 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8119 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8120 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8121 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8122 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8123 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8124 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8125 tape motion without loosing information.
8126
8127 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8128 @cindex DAT blocking
8129 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8130 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8131 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8132 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8133 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8134 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8135 low, nor it should be too high. @code{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8136 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8137 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accomodate higher
8138 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8139 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8140 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8141 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8142 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8143 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8144 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8145
8146 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8147 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8148 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8149 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8150
8151 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8152 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8153 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8154
8155 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8156 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8157 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8158
8159 @node Many, Using Multiple Tapes, Blocking, Media
8160 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8161
8162 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8163
8164 @findex ntape @r{device}
8165 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8166 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8167 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8168 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8169 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8170 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8171 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8172 device.
8173
8174 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8175 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @code{tar}
8176 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8177 means that a simple:
8178
8179 @example
8180 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8181 @end example
8182
8183 @noindent
8184 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8185 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8186 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8187 just been saved.
8188
8189 @cindex tape positioning
8190 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8191 If you want to put more than one @code{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8192 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8193 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8194 positionning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8195 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8196 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8197 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8198 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8199 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8200 recovered.
8201
8202 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8203 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8204
8205 @example
8206 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8207 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8208 @end example
8209
8210 @cindex tape marks
8211 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8212 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8213 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8214 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8215 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8216 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8217 by @code{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8218 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8219 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8220 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8221 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8222
8223 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8224 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8225
8226 @example
8227 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8228 @end example
8229
8230 @noindent
8231 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8232
8233 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8234 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8235 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8236 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8237 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8238 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8239 these commands:
8240
8241 @example
8242 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8243 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8244 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8245 @end example
8246
8247 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8248 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8249
8250 @menu
8251 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8252 * mt:: The @code{mt} Utility
8253 @end menu
8254
8255 @node Tape Positioning, mt, Many, Many
8256 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8257 @UNREVISED
8258
8259 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8260 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8261 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8262 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8263 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8264 two at the end of all the file entries.
8265
8266 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8267 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8268
8269 @example
8270 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8271 @end example
8272
8273 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8274 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8275 point on the tape at a time. When you use @code{tar} to read or
8276 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8277 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8278 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8279 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8280 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8281 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8282 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8283 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8284 restore script!}. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}). @xref{mt}, for
8285 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8286
8287 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8288 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8289 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8290 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8291 following:
8292
8293 @example
8294 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8295 @end example
8296
8297 @node mt, , Tape Positioning, Many
8298 @subsection The @code{mt} Utility
8299 @UNREVISED
8300
8301 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8302 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8303 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8304
8305 You can use the @code{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8306 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8307 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8308 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8309 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8310 together"?}
8311
8312 The syntax of the @code{mt} command is:
8313
8314 @example
8315 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8316 @end example
8317
8318 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8319 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8320 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8321
8322 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8323
8324 @table @kbd
8325 @item eof
8326 @itemx weof
8327 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8328
8329 @item fsf
8330 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8331
8332 @item bsf
8333 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8334
8335 @item rewind
8336 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8337
8338 @item offline
8339 @itemx rewoff1
8340 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8341
8342 @item status
8343 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8344
8345 @end table
8346
8347 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8348
8349 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @code{mt} uses the environment
8350 variable TAPE; if TAPE does not exist, @code{mt} uses the device
8351 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8352
8353 @code{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8354 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8355 failed.
8356
8357 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8358
8359 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8360 @code{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8361 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8362 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8363 expression. If the labels match, @code{tar} extracts the archive.
8364 @value{xref-label}. @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}.
8365 @FIXME{fix cross references} @samp{tar --list --label} will cause
8366 @code{tar} to print the label.
8367
8368 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8369
8370 @node Using Multiple Tapes, label, Many, Media
8371 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8372 @UNREVISED
8373
8374 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8375 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8376 @code{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8377 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8378 Therefore, @code{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8379
8380 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @code{tar} will,
8381 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8382 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8383 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8384 file that @code{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8385 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8386 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8387 second tape when prompted, so @code{tar} can restore both halves of the
8388 file.)
8389
8390 GNU @code{tar} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8391 You need GNU @code{tar} at both end to process them properly.
8392
8393 When prompting for a new tape, @code{tar} accepts any of the following
8394 responses:
8395
8396 @table @kbd
8397 @item ?
8398 Request @code{tar} to explain possible responses
8399 @item q
8400 Request @code{tar} to exit immediately.
8401 @item n @var{file name}
8402 Request @code{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8403 @item !
8404 Request @code{tar} to run a subshell.
8405 @item y
8406 Request @code{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8407 @end table
8408
8409 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8410 otherwise @code{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8411
8412 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @code{tar} the
8413 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8414 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8415 prompting procedure. When the program finishes, @code{tar} will
8416 immediately begin writing the next volume. The behavior of the
8417 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8418 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8419
8420 The method @code{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8421 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8422 @value{op-tape-length} option if @code{tar} can't detect the end of the
8423 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8424 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8425 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8426 never required for real, as far as we know.
8427
8428 The volume number used by @code{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8429 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8430 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8431 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8432 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @code{tar} is
8433 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8434 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8435 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8436 the prompt.)
8437
8438 If you want @code{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8439 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8440 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8441 Therefore, if you give @code{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8442 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8443 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8444 used again will @code{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8445 script).
8446
8447 Multi-volume archives
8448
8449 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @code{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8450 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8451 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8452 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8453
8454 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @code{tar}
8455 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8456 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8457 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8458 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8459 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8460 the file begins.
8461
8462 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8463 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having GNU
8464 @code{tar} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8465 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8466
8467 @smallexample
8468 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8469 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8470 @end smallexample
8471
8472 @menu
8473 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8474 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8475 @end menu
8476
8477 @node Multi-Volume Archives, Tape Files, Using Multiple Tapes, Using Multiple Tapes
8478 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8479 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8480 @UNREVISED
8481
8482 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8483 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8484 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8485 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8486 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8487 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8488
8489 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @code{tar} does not report an
8490 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8491 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8492 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8493 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8494 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8495
8496 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8497 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8498 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8499 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8500 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8501 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8502
8503 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8504 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8505 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8506 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8507 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@code{tar} will prompt for later
8508 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8509 information about extracting archives.
8510
8511 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8512 @code{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8513 a volume is full---instead, @code{tar} runs commands you have stored
8514 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8515 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8516 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8517 is done, @code{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8518
8519 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8520 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8521 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8522 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8523
8524 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8525 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @code{tar} will not
8526 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8527 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8528 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8529
8530 @cindex Labelling multi-volume archives
8531 @FIXME{example}
8532
8533 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8534 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8535
8536 @table @kbd
8537 @item --multi-volume
8538 @itemx -M
8539 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8540 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8541 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8542 operation.
8543
8544 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8545 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8546 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8547 @value{op-create}.
8548 @end table
8549
8550 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for a
8551 @code{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a multi-volume
8552 created by some vendor's @code{tar}, there is almost no chance you could
8553 read all the volumes with GNU @code{tar}. The converse is also true:
8554 you may not expect multi-volume archives created by GNU @code{tar} to
8555 be fully recovered by vendor's @code{tar}. Since there is little chance
8556 that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's @code{tar} will work on
8557 another vendor's machine, and there is a great chance that GNU @code{tar}
8558 will work on most of them, your best bet is to install GNU @code{tar}
8559 on all machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8560
8561 @node Tape Files, , Multi-Volume Archives, Using Multiple Tapes
8562 @subsection Tape Files
8563 @UNREVISED
8564
8565 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8566 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8567 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8568 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8569 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with @value{op-multi-volume}
8570 (@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the volume label will have
8571 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8572 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8573 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8574 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8575
8576 When @code{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8577 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8578 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8579 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8580 before running @code{tar}. To do this, use the @code{mt} command.
8581 For more information on the @code{mt} command and on the organization
8582 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8583
8584 People seem to often do:
8585
8586 @example
8587 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8588 @end example
8589
8590 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8591
8592 @node label, verify, Using Multiple Tapes, Media
8593 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8594 @cindex Labeling an archive
8595 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8596 @UNREVISED
8597
8598 @table @kbd
8599 @item -V @var{name}
8600 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8601 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8602 @end table
8603
8604 This option causes @code{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8605 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8606 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8607 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8608 next, and so on.
8609
8610 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8611
8612 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8613 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8614 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8615 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8616 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8617
8618 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8619 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8620 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8621 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8622 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives}, for information on creating multiple
8623 volume archives.
8624
8625 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @code{tar} will
8626 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8627 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8628 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8629 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8630 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8631 of @code{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8632 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8633 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @code{tar}.}.
8634 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8635 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8636 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8637 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8638 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8639
8640 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8641 under that name anymore.
8642
8643 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8644 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @code{tar} will print the
8645 label first, and then print archive member information, as in the
8646 example below:
8647
8648 @example
8649 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8650 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8651 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8652 @end example
8653
8654 @table @kbd
8655 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8656 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8657 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8658 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8659 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8660 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8661 @value{op-extract} option.
8662 @end table
8663
8664 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8665 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8666 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8667 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8668
8669 @example
8670 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8671 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8672 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8673 @end example
8674
8675 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8676 to when GNU @code{tar} initially attempted to write it, often soon
8677 after the operator launches @code{tar} or types the carriage return
8678 telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date labels does give
8679 an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for rewinding tapes
8680 and the operator switching them were negligible, which is ususally
8681 not the case.
8682
8683 @FIXME{was --volume}
8684
8685 @node verify, Write Protection, label, Media
8686 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8687 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8688 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8689
8690 @table @kbd
8691 @item -W
8692 @itemx --verify
8693 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8694 @end table
8695
8696 This option causes @code{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8697 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8698 are recorded on the standard error output.
8699
8700 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8701 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8702 cannot be verified.
8703
8704 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8705 system with archive members. @code{tar} can compare an archive to the
8706 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8707 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8708 it is up to date.
8709
8710 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8711 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8712 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8713 specified, @code{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8714 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error. In
8715 multi-volume archives, each volume is verified after it is written,
8716 before the next volume is written.
8717
8718 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8719 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8720 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8721 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8722
8723 One can explicitely compare an already made archive with the file system
8724 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8725 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8726
8727 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8728 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8729 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8730 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8731 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8732 operation, @code{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8733 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8734 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8735 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8736 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8737 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8738 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8739
8740 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8741 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8742 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8743 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8744 as long as programming is concerned.
8745
8746 @node Write Protection, , verify, Media
8747 @section Write Protection
8748
8749 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8750 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8751 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8752 the archive from being accidently overwritten or deleted. (This will
8753 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8754 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8755
8756 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8757 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8758 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8759 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8760 changeable feature.
8761
8762 @node Index, , Media, Top
8763 @unnumbered Index
8764
8765 @printindex cp
8766
8767 @summarycontents
8768 @contents
8769 @bye
8770
8771 @c Local variables:
8772 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8773 @c End:
This page took 0.426018 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.